eplain[46] trunk: making pdf outlines, typos, https
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Thu May 30 00:35:03 CEST 2019
Revision: 46
http://tug.org/svn/eplain?view=revision&revision=46
Author: karl
Date: 2019-05-30 00:35:03 +0200 (Thu, 30 May 2019)
Log Message:
-----------
making pdf outlines, typos, https
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/PROJECTS
trunk/doc/arrow.texi
trunk/doc/demo.texi
trunk/doc/eplain.info
trunk/doc/eplain.pdf
trunk/doc/eplain.texi
trunk/doc/hlink.texi
trunk/doc/intro.texi
trunk/doc/invoke.texi
trunk/doc/progdef.texi
trunk/doc/texinfo.tex
trunk/doc/userdef.texi
Modified: trunk/PROJECTS
===================================================================
--- trunk/PROJECTS 2019-05-28 17:26:51 UTC (rev 45)
+++ trunk/PROJECTS 2019-05-29 22:35:03 UTC (rev 46)
@@ -1,9 +1,6 @@
$Id$
This file is public domain.
-How about list processing macros like those in ``TeX in Practice''?
-Or any of the myriad other list packages around these days.
-
FABROADI at CUGSBVM.BITNET suggests that the verbatim macros be extended to
allow things like:
\verbatim{first line
@@ -13,9 +10,13 @@
Generalize toc files to other kinds of generated listings (e.g., figures).
+How about list processing macros like those in ``TeX in Practice''?
+Or any of the myriad other list packages around these days.
+[No, the many alternatives can stay as separate packages.]
--
Steps to make a release:
+check for updated included files.
update version number/dates in Makefile, NEWS, doc/eplain.texi, make all.
commit, make dist.
write announcement in /u/karl/misc/announce.
Modified: trunk/doc/arrow.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/doc/arrow.texi 2019-05-28 17:26:51 UTC (rev 45)
+++ trunk/doc/arrow.texi 2019-05-29 22:35:03 UTC (rev 46)
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
@c arrow.texi - documentation for Eplain's commutative diagrams.
- at c Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 2007 Steven Smith.
+ at c Copyright 1991, 1992, 2007, 2019 Steven Smith.
@c This is part of the Eplain manual.
@c
@c This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
morphism above the arrow, e.g., @samp{\mapright^\alpha}; use subscript
(@code{_}) to place a morphism below the arrow, e.g.,
@samp{\mapright_@{\tilde l@}}. Superscripts and subscripts may be used
-simulataneously, e.g., @samp{\mapright^\pi_@{\rm epimor.@}}.
+simultaneously, e.g., @samp{\mapright^\pi_@{\rm epimor.@}}.
Similarly, the macros @code{\mapup} and @code{\mapdown} produce up and
@findex mapup
Modified: trunk/doc/demo.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/doc/demo.texi 2019-05-28 17:26:51 UTC (rev 45)
+++ trunk/doc/demo.texi 2019-05-29 22:35:03 UTC (rev 46)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
they produce (where appropriate), which illustrate various aspects of
Eplain. The files can be found in the @command{demo} subdirectory of
Eplain distribution. These demos, both the sources and the compiled PDF
-and PS files, are also available from @url{http://tug.org/@/eplain/@/demo}.
+and PS files, are also available from @url{https://tug.org/@/eplain/@/demo}.
@menu
* Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)::
Modified: trunk/doc/eplain.info
===================================================================
--- trunk/doc/eplain.info 2019-05-28 17:26:51 UTC (rev 45)
+++ trunk/doc/eplain.info 2019-05-29 22:35:03 UTC (rev 46)
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
-This is eplain.info, produced by texi2any version 6.1dev+dev from
-eplain.texi.
+This is eplain.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.6 from eplain.texi.
-This manual documents the Eplain macros, version 3.8, May 2016. Eplain
+This manual documents the Eplain macros, version 3.9, May 2019. Eplain
provides functionality for plain TeX that is intended to be useful
regardless of how your document is actually formatted.
@@ -22,7 +21,7 @@
Eplain
******
-This manual documents the Eplain macros, version 3.8, May 2016. Eplain
+This manual documents the Eplain macros, version 3.9, May 2019. Eplain
provides functionality for plain TeX that is intended to be useful
regardless of how your document is actually formatted.
@@ -33,7 +32,7 @@
has made additions and corrections. Oleg Katsitadze wrote the section
on LaTeX packages and the chapter on hyperlinks, and updates throughout.
- The Eplain home page is <http://tug.org/eplain>.
+ The Eplain home page is <https://tug.org/eplain>.
* Menu:
@@ -98,13 +97,13 @@
Cross-references
-* Defining generic references::
-* Using generic references::
+* Defining generic references::
+* Using generic references::
Equation references
-* Formatting equation references::
-* Subequation references::
+* Formatting equation references::
+* Subequation references::
Indexing
@@ -190,14 +189,14 @@
Arrow theoretic diagrams
-* Slanted lines and vectors::
-* Commutative diagrams::
+* Slanted lines and vectors::
+* Commutative diagrams::
Commutative diagrams
-* Arrows and morphisms::
-* Construction of commutative diagrams::
-* Commutative diagram parameters::
+* Arrows and morphisms::
+* Construction of commutative diagrams::
+* Commutative diagram parameters::
Programming definitions
@@ -216,15 +215,15 @@
Expansion
-* \csn and \ece::
-* \edefappend::
+* \csn and \ece::
+* \edefappend::
* Hooks:: Manipulating and executing named actions.
* Properties:: Associating information with a csname.
-* \expandonce::
-* \ifundefined::
+* \expandonce::
+* \ifundefined::
* \ifempty::
* \ifinteger and \isinteger::
-* \futurenonspacelet::
+* \futurenonspacelet::
Demo files
@@ -238,7 +237,7 @@
**************
The "Eplain" macro package expands on and extends the definitions in
-plain TeX. Its home on the web is <http://tug.org/eplain>.
+plain TeX. Its home on the web is <https://tug.org/eplain>.
This manual describes the definitions that you, as either an author
or a macro writer, might like to use. It doesn't discuss the
@@ -293,9 +292,9 @@
David Walden had reported his experience with Eplain as a new user.
The article is available online at
-<http://tug.org/pracjourn/2005-4/walden>. An introductory article
+<https://tug.org/pracjourn/2005-4/walden>. An introductory article
(written for TUGboat) is also available online at
-<http://tug.org/eplain/misc/tb84katsi.pdf>.
+<https://tug.org/eplain/misc/tb84katsi.pdf>.
File: eplain.info, Node: Installation, Next: Invoking Eplain, Prev: Introduction, Up: Top
@@ -412,7 +411,7 @@
The file 'eplain.tex' is all of these files merged together, with
comments removed. The original sources can be found in Eplain source
zip archive in your TeX distribution, on CTAN or on Eplain's home page
-at <http://tug.org/eplain>.
+at <https://tug.org/eplain>.
All of these files except 'xeplain.tex' can be input individually, if
all you want are the definitions in that file.
@@ -703,12 +702,12 @@
result of your '\cite' commands. By default, the citation labels are
printed one after another, separated by commas and enclosed in brackets,
using the main text font. Some formats require other styles, such as
-superscripted labels. You can accomodate such formats by redefining the
+superscripted labels. You can accommodate such formats by redefining the
following macros.
'\printcitestart'
'\printcitefinish'
- Eplain expands these macros at the begining and end of the list of
+ Eplain expands these macros at the beginning and end of the list of
citations for each '\cite' command. By default, they produce a '['
and ']', respectively.
@@ -1293,8 +1292,8 @@
* Menu:
-* Defining generic references::
-* Using generic references::
+* Defining generic references::
+* Using generic references::
File: eplain.info, Node: Defining generic references, Next: Using generic references, Up: Cross-references
@@ -1408,15 +1407,15 @@
want to put numbers on all equations in your document, and you
don't want to think up unique labels.
- To refer to the last equation with the empty label, you just use
- the empty label in one of the equation reference macros (see
- below). This can be handy when you want to refer to an equation
- shortly after its definition, say, in the sentence following the
- displayed equation, and do not intend to refer to the equation
- later. But use this trick with extreme caution: if later you change
- the text and insert another empty definition between the original
- definition and the reference, the reference will start to refer to
- the new empty-labeled equation.
+ To refer to the last equation with the empty label, you use the
+ empty label in one of the equation reference macros (see below).
+ This can be handy when you want to refer to an equation shortly
+ after its definition, say, in the sentence following the displayed
+ equation, and do not intend to refer to the equation later. But use
+ this trick with extreme caution: if later you change the text and
+ insert another empty definition between the original definition and
+ the reference, the reference will start to refer to the new
+ empty-labeled equation.
'\eqdefn{LABEL}'
This is like '\eqdef', except it always omits the '\eqnum' command.
@@ -1443,8 +1442,8 @@
* Menu:
-* Formatting equation references::
-* Subequation references::
+* Formatting equation references::
+* Subequation references::
File: eplain.info, Node: Formatting equation references, Next: Subequation references, Up: Equation references
@@ -1602,11 +1601,10 @@
index terms (*note Index hyperlinks::).
Eplain's indexing commands were designed to work with the program
-MakeIndex, available from CTAN hosts in
-'tex-archive/indexing/makeindex'; MakeIndex is also commonly included in
-prepackaged TeX distributions. It is beyond the scope of this manual to
-explain how to run MakeIndex, and all of its many options. See
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex>.
+MakeIndex (<https://ctan.org/pkg/makeindex>); MakeIndex is also commonly
+included in prepackaged TeX distributions. It is beyond the scope of
+this manual to explain how to run MakeIndex, and all of its many
+options.
The basic strategy for indexing works like this:
@@ -1748,8 +1746,7 @@
\sidx{Ap-weight@$A_\pi$-weight}
will sort as 'Ap-weight', but print with the proper math. The '@' here
-is MakeIndex's default character for this purpose. See
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex>. To make an index
+is MakeIndex's default character for this purpose. To make an index
entry with an '@' in it, you have to escape it with a backslash; Eplain
provides no macros for doing this.
@@ -1824,8 +1821,8 @@
archetypal criticism,
elements of, 75, 97, 114, see also dichotomies
- (Aside for the academically curious: The archetypally critical book
- I took these dichotomous examples from is Laurence Berman's 'The
+ (Aside for the academically curious: The archetypal critical book I
+ took these dichotomous examples from is Laurence Berman's 'The
Musical Image', which I happened to co-design and typeset.)
'pagemarkup=CS'
@@ -2468,8 +2465,8 @@
If you use the '\path' macro to typeset the names, TeX will find
these good breakpoints. The argument to '\path' is delimited by any
-character other other than '\' which does not appear in the name itself.
-'|' is often a good choice, as in:
+character other than '\' which does not appear in the name itself. '|'
+is often a good choice, as in:
\path|letters at alpha.gnu.ai.mit.edu|
@@ -2487,8 +2484,7 @@
argument about four times more slowly.
The '\path' macro comes from 'path.sty', written by Nelson Beebe and
-Philip Taylor and available at
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/path.sty>.
+Philip Taylor, and available at <https://ctan.org/pkg/path>.
File: eplain.info, Node: Logos, Next: Boxes, Prev: Paths, Up: User definitions
@@ -2507,7 +2503,8 @@
Most of these macros come from 'texnames.sty', compiled by Nelson
Beebe and available at
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/biblio/texnames.sty>.
+<http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/biblio/texnames.sty> (part of
+the 'biblio' package, <https://ctan.org/pkg/biblio>).
File: eplain.info, Node: Boxes, Next: Checking for PDF output, Prev: Logos, Up: User definitions
@@ -2559,11 +2556,11 @@
4.22 Checking for PDF output
============================
-pdfTeX is a TeX variant that can output both '.dvi' and '.pdf' (Adobe's
-Portable Document Format) files (see
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex>). You might sometimes
-want to know whether the target format is '.pdf' or '.dvi'. The '\ifpdf'
-switch can be used to detect pdfTeX in PDF mode:
+pdfTeX is an extended TeX that can output both '.dvi' and '.pdf'
+(Adobe's Portable Document Format) files (see
+<https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex>). You might sometimes want to know whether
+the target format is '.pdf' or '.dvi'. The '\ifpdf' switch can be used
+to detect pdfTeX in PDF mode:
\ifpdf
This text is produced when pdfTeX is in PDF mode.
@@ -2578,8 +2575,7 @@
not reflect the change.
Eplain defines '\ifpdf' by incorporating Heiko Oberdiek's
-'ifpdf.sty', which is available at
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty>.
+'ifpdf.sty', which is available at <https://ctan.org/pkg/ifpdf>.
File: eplain.info, Node: Loading LaTeX packages, Prev: Checking for PDF output, Up: User definitions
@@ -2596,13 +2592,10 @@
mailing list (*note Introduction::).
To set up a pseudo-LaTeX environment for the packages, Eplain uses
-'miniltx.tex'
-(<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/graphics/miniltx.tex>)
-from the LaTeX graphics collection, written by David Carlisle and
-Sebastian Rahtz (the collection is available at
-<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics>).
-Eplain extends 'miniltx.tex' to provide some additional features, e.g.,
-support for package options.
+'miniltx.tex' (<https://ctan.org/pkg/miniltx>) from the LaTeX graphics
+collection, written by David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz. Eplain
+extends 'miniltx.tex' to provide (primarily) support for package
+options.
* Menu:
@@ -2683,7 +2676,7 @@
Sometimes you may encounter packages which make conflicting
redefinitions of '\input'. Common symptoms are TeX spewing
incomprehensible error messages or hanging in a loop at a call to
-'\input'. This sometimes cna be cured by restoring '\input' to
+'\input'. This sometimes can be cured by restoring '\input' to
'\eplaininput' before loading each package. For example:
\beginpackages
@@ -2704,7 +2697,7 @@
the documentation for those packages.
autopict ('2001/06/04 v1.1j Picture mode autoload file')
- <http://tug.org/eplain/misc/ltpictur.pdf>
+ <https://tug.org/eplain/misc/ltpictur.pdf>
This is the LaTeX "picture mode", started by '\begin{picture}' and
ended by '\end{picture}' (in LaTeX, this package is not explicitly
@@ -2715,7 +2708,7 @@
color ('1999/02/16 v1.0i Standard LaTeX Color (DPC)')
graphics ('2001/07/07 v1.0n Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)')
graphicx ('1999/02/16 v1.0f Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)')
- <http://www.ctan.org/pkg/graphics>
+ <https://ctan.org/pkg/graphics>
These packages are from the LaTeX graphics collection. (The
independent 'xcolor' package does not work with Eplain.) They
@@ -2728,7 +2721,7 @@
system for TeX) installed on your system. The problem was fixed in
'supp-mis.tex' version 2004.10.26. You can obtain up-to-date
versions of 'supp-mis.tex' and the accompanying 'supp-pdf.tex' from
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/pdftex/graphics>. To
+ <http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/pdftex/graphics>. To
convince TeX to use the new files, you have the following options:
1. put the new files in the same directory with your document;
@@ -2738,7 +2731,7 @@
3. install the new 'supp-mis.tex' and 'supp-pdf.tex' files in the
relevant subdirectory of your local 'texmf' tree (for info on
- TeX directory structure see
+ TeX directory structure see <https://tug.org/tds/> and
<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tds>);
4. upgrade your ConTeXt installation.
@@ -2755,7 +2748,7 @@
command from the 'color.sty' package under pdfTeX, the cause may be
an outdated pdfTeX color and graphics driver 'pdftex.def'. The
problem was fixed in 'pdftex.def' version 0.03p. You can obtain an
- up-to-date version from <http://www.ctan.org/pkg/pdftex-def>.
+ up-to-date version from <http://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex-def>.
*End of warning 2.*
The '\fcolorbox' macro provided by the 'color' package requires the
@@ -2789,10 +2782,10 @@
Klaus Ho"ppner has written a nice introduction to the LaTeX
graphics packages and different graphics formats. You can download
it from
- <http://www.tug.org/pracjourn/2005-3/hoeppner>
+ <https://tug.org/pracjourn/2005-3/hoeppner>
epstopdf ('2009/07/16 v2.2 Conversion with epstopdf on the fly (HO)')
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek>
+ <https://ctan.org/pkg/epstopdf-pkg>
This package does on-the-fly conversion of Encapsulated PostScript
(EPS) graphics into Portable Document Format (PDF) graphics for
@@ -2801,7 +2794,7 @@
explicitly call the 'epstopdf' script.
psfrag ('1998/04/11 v3.04 PSfrag (MCG)')
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfrag/pfgguide.pdf>
+ <https://ctan.org/pkg/psfrag>
PSfrag allows the user to precisely overlay Encapsulated PostScript
(EPS) files with arbitrary (La)TeX constructions. In order to
@@ -2812,7 +2805,7 @@
rotated (La)TeX equation.
soul ('2003/11/17 v2.4 letterspacing/underlining (mf)')
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/soul>
+ <https://ctan.org/pkg/soul>
This package provides hyphenatable letterspacing (spacing out),
underlining, and some derivatives. The package is optimized for
@@ -2822,7 +2815,7 @@
load the 'color' package.
url ('2005/06/27 ver 3.2 Verb mode for urls, etc.')
- <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/url.sty>
+ <https://ctan.org/pkg/url>
This package provides a form of '\verbatim' that allows line breaks
at certain characters or combinations of characters, accepts
@@ -2845,7 +2838,7 @@
The following packages are known not to work with Eplain:
hyperref
- <http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref>
+ <https://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref>
This package depends heavily on LaTeX, so that it is essentially
unusable outside of LaTeX. Eplain provides its own macros for
@@ -2852,13 +2845,13 @@
creating hyperlinks; *note Hyperlinks::.
microtype ('2013/05/23 v2.51 Micro-typographical refinements (RS)')
- <http://www.ctan.org/pkg/microtype>
+ <https://ctan.org/pkg/microtype>
pict2e ('2005/07/15 v0.2r Improved picture commands (HjG,RN)')
- <http://www.ctan.org/pkg/pict2e>
+ <https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e>
xcolor ('2005/06/06 v2.03 LaTeX color extensions (UK)')
- <http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xcolor>
+ <https://ctan.org/pkg/xcolor>
File: eplain.info, Node: Hyperlinks, Next: Arrow theoretic diagrams, Prev: User definitions, Up: Top
@@ -2879,6 +2872,7 @@
* Hyperlink drivers::
* Setting hyperlink types and options::
* Turning hyperlinks on/off::
+* Making PDF outlines:: Also known as bookmarks.
File: eplain.info, Node: Introduction to hyperlinks, Next: Explicit hyperlinks, Up: Hyperlinks
@@ -2936,7 +2930,7 @@
If necessary, you can explicitly specify the driver name:
- \enablehyperlinks[pdftex]
+ \enablehyperlinks[dvipdfm]
will start producing hyperlinks under the assumption that you are using
pdfTeX.
@@ -3129,7 +3123,7 @@
linkgroup. The special characters (such as '#' and '~') in the URL don't
need to be escaped. For example:
- \href{http://tug.org/eplain/doc/eplain.html#Hyperlinks}{Hyperlinks
+ \href{https://tug.org/eplain/doc/eplain.html#Hyperlinks}{Hyperlinks
in Eplain}
\href{mailto:tex-eplain at tug.org}{Eplain mailing list}
@@ -3648,7 +3642,7 @@
please see
<http://arxiv.org/hypertex>
- <http://www.tug.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex>
+ <http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex>
For convenience, we list a few HyperTeX-enabled converters:
@@ -3748,7 +3742,7 @@
Example:
- \hlstart{url}{}{http://tug.org/eplain/}Eplain home\hlend
+ \hlstart{url}{}{https://tug.org/eplain/}Eplain home\hlend
'filename'
Go to a named destination in another file. The label is the
@@ -4040,7 +4034,8 @@
'url'
Go to a URL. The label is the URL.
- Example: '\hlstart{url}{}{http://tug.org/eplain/}Eplain home\hlend'
+ Example: '\hlstart{url}{}{https://tug.org/eplain/}Eplain
+ home\hlend'
'page'
Go to a page. The label is the page number (counting from 1). Page
@@ -4455,7 +4450,7 @@
appear in displayed math.
-File: eplain.info, Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off, Prev: Setting hyperlink types and options, Up: Hyperlinks
+File: eplain.info, Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off, Next: Making PDF outlines, Prev: Setting hyperlink types and options, Up: Hyperlinks
5.6 Turning hyperlinks on/off
=============================
@@ -4523,6 +4518,84 @@
all links are on except for the 'eq' linkgroup.
+File: eplain.info, Node: Making PDF outlines, Prev: Turning hyperlinks on/off, Up: Hyperlinks
+
+5.7 Making PDF outlines
+=======================
+
+PDF outlines (a.k.a. bookmarks) are more or less a table of contents
+that PDF viewers can display alongside the main document. Eplain's
+hyperlink features can be used to create them; there isn't any special
+support for them. A continuing example interspersed with commentary
+follows.
+
+ First we must enable hyperlinks.
+ \input eplain
+ \enablehyperlinks %[dvipdfm] doesn't work
+
+ We will separate the code to support 'pdftex' from 'dvips' with the
+'\ifpdf' conditional (provided by Eplain).
+
+ For 'pdftex', we can use the '\pdfoutline' primitive. The keyword
+"count" is followed by the number of subentries in this entry. If
+negative, the bookmark is closed (that is, subentries are hidden).
+
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfoutline goto name {sec1} count -1 {Mysec-pdf}%
+ \pdfoutline goto name {sec1.1} {Mysubsec-pdf}%
+
+ For 'dvips', we use TeX's '\special' command to emit a 'ps:' special
+using the PDF 'pdfmark' operator. The 'ps:' prefix tells 'dvips' that
+the following is literal PostScript.
+
+ '[ ... pdfmark' (there is no closing ']') is a extension to the
+PostScript language for specifying various PDF-related things. It is
+recognized by Ghostscript, Distiller, et al. Adobe publishes a reference
+manual for it:
+<https://adobe.com/content/dam/Adobe/en/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdfmark_reference.pdf>.
+
+ The '/DOCVIEW' pdfmark used here says the outline panel should be
+used.
+
+ \else % not pdf output
+ \special{ps:[/PageMode /UseOutlines /DOCVIEW pdfmark}
+ %
+ % The individual outline entries, using a different syntax
+ % than pdftex, but the same information.
+ \special{ps:[/Count -1 /Dest (sec1) cvn /Title (Mysec-dvi)
+ /OUT pdfmark}
+ \special{ps:[/Count -0 /Dest (sec1.1) cvn /Title (Mysubsec-dvi)
+ /OUT pdfmark}
+ \fi
+
+ The '-pdf' and '-dvi' suffixes in the strings above in the outline
+entries are just to make it clear which branch is being executed, for
+purposes of this example. Ordinarily the entries would be the same in
+both branches.
+
+ Also, the strings above are literal PostScript constants, again for
+this example. Usually they would come from control sequences, e.g., as
+the table of contents is read.
+
+ It is necessary to "pdf-escape" such arbitrary strings, else
+backslashes, parentheses, etc., would not come out right. pdfTeX's
+'\pdfescapestring' primitive is an easy way to do this, e.g.,
+'\xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}'.
+
+ Here is the document text, constructing three pages with the section
+and subsection given above in the outlines.
+
+ First page.\vfil\eject
+
+ \hldest{}{}{sec1}%
+ 1. Mysec on second page.\vfil\eject
+
+ \hldest{}{}{sec1.1}%
+ 1.1. Mysubsec on third page.
+
+ \end
+
+
File: eplain.info, Node: Arrow theoretic diagrams, Next: Programming definitions, Prev: Hyperlinks, Up: Top
6 Arrow theoretic diagrams
@@ -4534,8 +4607,8 @@
* Menu:
-* Slanted lines and vectors::
-* Commutative diagrams::
+* Slanted lines and vectors::
+* Commutative diagrams::
File: eplain.info, Node: Slanted lines and vectors, Next: Commutative diagrams, Up: Arrow theoretic diagrams
@@ -4594,9 +4667,9 @@
* Menu:
-* Arrows and morphisms::
-* Construction of commutative diagrams::
-* Commutative diagram parameters::
+* Arrows and morphisms::
+* Construction of commutative diagrams::
+* Commutative diagram parameters::
File: eplain.info, Node: Arrows and morphisms, Next: Construction of commutative diagrams, Up: Commutative diagrams
@@ -4608,7 +4681,7 @@
arrows, respectively. Use superscript ('^') to place a morphism above
the arrow, e.g., '\mapright^\alpha'; use subscript ('_') to place a
morphism below the arrow, e.g., '\mapright_{\tilde l}'. Superscripts and
-subscripts may be used simulataneously, e.g., '\mapright^\pi_{\rm
+subscripts may be used simultaneously, e.g., '\mapright^\pi_{\rm
epimor.}'.
Similarly, the macros '\mapup' and '\mapdown' produce up and down
@@ -4956,7 +5029,7 @@
* Expansion:: Controlling expansion.
* Obeying spaces:: Making whitespace count anywhere.
* Writing out numbers:: Making '1' into 'one'.
-* Mode-specific penalties::
+* Mode-specific penalties::
* Auxiliary files:: Testing for their existence.
* User-defined environments:: User-defined environments.
* Page list and page range parsers::
@@ -5268,14 +5341,14 @@
* Menu:
* \csn and \ece:: Abbreviations for \csname expansions.
-* \edefappend::
+* \edefappend::
* Hooks:: Manipulating and executing named actions.
* Properties:: Associating information with a csname.
-* \expandonce::
-* \ifundefined::
+* \expandonce::
+* \ifundefined::
* \ifempty::
* \ifinteger and \isinteger::
-* \futurenonspacelet::
+* \futurenonspacelet::
File: eplain.info, Node: \csn and \ece, Next: \edefappend, Up: Expansion
@@ -5483,7 +5556,7 @@
will expand to 'ab_integer' (and thus would not even compile outside
math mode).
- These macros come from TeX Frequently Asked Question
+ These macros come from the TeX Frequently Asked Questions
(<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html>).
@@ -5674,7 +5747,7 @@
they produce (where appropriate), which illustrate various aspects of
Eplain. The files can be found in the 'demo' subdirectory of Eplain
distribution. These demos, both the sources and the compiled PDF and PS
-files, are also available from <http://tug.org/eplain/demo>.
+files, are also available from <https://tug.org/eplain/demo>.
* Menu:
@@ -5953,15 +6026,9 @@
* @hllabel <2>: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 84)
* @hllabel <3>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 67)
+ (line 68)
* @indexproof insertion class: Proofing index terms.
(line 28)
-* \leftskip: Justification. (line 45)
-* \raggedleft: Justification. (line 45)
-* \raggedleftskip: Justification. (line 45)
-* \raggedright: Justification. (line 45)
-* \spaceskip, reset by \ragged...: Justification. (line 45)
-* \xspaceskip, reset by \ragged...: Justification. (line 45)
* abovecolumnskip: Multiple columns. (line 33)
* abovecolumnspenalty: Tables. (line 30)
* abovelistpenalty: Formatting lists. (line 29)
@@ -5983,7 +6050,7 @@
* advancetopmargin: Margins. (line 26)
* afterindexterm: Customizing indexing.
(line 6)
-* afterindexterm hook: Indexing commands. (line 62)
+* afterindexterm hook: Indexing commands. (line 61)
* AMSLaTeX: Logos. (line 10)
* AMSTeX: Logos. (line 10)
* arrow: Arrows and morphisms.
@@ -6092,7 +6159,7 @@
* cmd (hyperlink option) <1>: Link options for hypertex.
(line 7)
* cmd (hyperlink option) <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 66)
+ (line 67)
* cmd (hyperlink option) <3>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 56)
* color (hyperlink option): Options supported by all drivers.
@@ -6111,7 +6178,7 @@
(line 7)
* definecontentsfile: Alternative contents files.
(line 6)
-* defineindex: Indexing. (line 36)
+* defineindex: Indexing. (line 35)
* definexref: Defining generic references.
(line 6)
* definexref <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
@@ -6126,6 +6193,7 @@
(line 122)
* discretionaries: Paths. (line 20)
* displaylines: Displays. (line 18)
+* DOCVIEW pdfmark: Making PDF outlines. (line 37)
* dospecials: Verbatim listing. (line 57)
* doublecolumns: Multiple columns. (line 7)
* drawline: Slanted lines and vectors.
@@ -6209,9 +6277,9 @@
* file (hyperlink option) <1>: Link options for hypertex.
(line 14)
* file (hyperlink option) <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 40)
+ (line 41)
* file (hyperlink option) <3>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 52)
+ (line 53)
* file (hyperlink option) <4>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 63)
* fileexists (conditional): Auxiliary files. (line 10)
@@ -6218,9 +6286,9 @@
* filename (hyperlink type): Link types for hypertex.
(line 21)
* filename (hyperlink type) <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 39)
+ (line 40)
* filepage (hyperlink type): Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 51)
+ (line 52)
* fit (destination type): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 18)
* fitb (destination type): Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
@@ -6338,7 +6406,7 @@
* hlstart <1>: Link types for hypertex.
(line 43)
* hlstart <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 70)
+ (line 71)
* hlstart <3>: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 7)
* hlstart <4>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
@@ -6435,15 +6503,16 @@
* idxsubmarked (hyperlinks): Index hyperlinks. (line 6)
* ifempty: \ifempty. (line 6)
* iffileexists: Auxiliary files. (line 10)
-* ifidx: Indexing. (line 54)
+* ifidx: Indexing. (line 53)
* ifindexproofing: Proofing index terms.
(line 12)
* ifinteger: \ifinteger and \isinteger.
(line 6)
* ifpdf: Checking for PDF output.
- (line 10)
+ (line 9)
* ifpdf <1>: Introduction to hyperlinks.
(line 51)
+* ifpdf <2>: Making PDF outlines. (line 16)
* ifrewritetocfile: Reading the .toc file.
(line 26)
* ifundefined: \ifundefined. (line 6)
@@ -6532,6 +6601,7 @@
* leftdisplaysetup: Formatting displays. (line 8)
* lefteqnumbers: Displays. (line 23)
* leftmargin: Margins. (line 17)
+* leftskip: Justification. (line 45)
* leqalignno: Displays. (line 19)
* leqalignno <1>: Displays. (line 23)
* leqno: Displays. (line 23)
@@ -6594,9 +6664,9 @@
* newblock: Commands from LaTeX. (line 31)
* newcommand: Commands from LaTeX. (line 18)
* newwin (hyperlink option): Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 41)
+ (line 42)
* newwin (hyperlink option) <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 53)
+ (line 54)
* newwin (hyperlink option) <2>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 90)
* noarrow: Invoking Eplain. (line 84)
@@ -6611,7 +6681,7 @@
* normalbaselineskip: Options supported by all drivers.
(line 19)
* num (hyperlink type): Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 91)
+ (line 92)
* numberedfootnote: Footnotes. (line 7)
* numberedfootnote (hyperlinks): Footnote hyperlinks. (line 6)
* numberedlist: Lists. (line 13)
@@ -6625,13 +6695,13 @@
* outsidemargin: Proofing index terms.
(line 21)
* page (hyperlink type): Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 30)
+ (line 31)
* pagefit (hyperlink option): Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 31)
+ (line 32)
* pagefit (hyperlink option) <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 41)
+ (line 42)
* pagefit (hyperlink option) <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 53)
+ (line 54)
* pagefit (hyperlink option) <3>: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 107)
* pageno: Proofing index terms.
@@ -6639,9 +6709,13 @@
* pagetotal: Multiple columns. (line 14)
* paperheight: Margins. (line 43)
* paperwidth: Margins. (line 46)
+* parfillskip, reset by \ragged...: Justification. (line 45)
* parindent in indexes: Typesetting an index.
(line 24)
* path: Paths. (line 13)
+* pdfescapestring pdfTeX primitive: Making PDF outlines. (line 60)
+* pdfmark (PDF language primitive): Making PDF outlines. (line 31)
+* pdfoutline (pdftex primitive): Making PDF outlines. (line 19)
* pdfoutput: Checking for PDF output.
(line 20)
* pdftex (hyperlink driver): Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
@@ -6665,6 +6739,9 @@
* printlistinglineno <1>: Verbatim listing. (line 27)
* providecommand: Commands from LaTeX. (line 18)
* quadcolumns: Multiple columns. (line 7)
+* raggedleft: Justification. (line 45)
+* raggedleftskip: Justification. (line 45)
+* raggedright: Justification. (line 45)
* raggedright for index entries: Typesetting an index.
(line 45)
* raise (hyperlink option): Options supported by all drivers.
@@ -6678,7 +6755,7 @@
* raw (hyperlink type): Link types for hypertex.
(line 37)
* raw (hyperlink type) <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 64)
+ (line 65)
* rbracechar: Category codes. (line 58)
* readindexfile: Typesetting an index.
(line 6)
@@ -6759,8 +6836,10 @@
* sline <1>: Arrows and morphisms.
(line 107)
* SLiTeX: Logos. (line 11)
+* spaceskip, reset by \ragged...: Justification. (line 45)
* special: Introduction to hyperlinks.
(line 9)
+* special ps: for dvips: Making PDF outlines. (line 27)
* specialpathdelimiters (conditional): Paths. (line 28)
* subeqnumber: Subequation references.
(line 15)
@@ -6882,6 +6961,7 @@
* xrefwarningfalse: Citations. (line 78)
* xrlabel: Converting to characters.
(line 6)
+* xspaceskip, reset by \ragged...: Justification. (line 45)
* xyz (destination type): Destination types for hypertex.
(line 7)
* xyz (destination type) <1>: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
@@ -6914,9 +6994,9 @@
(line 113)
* .fmt file: Installation. (line 27)
* .fmt file <1>: Invoking Eplain. (line 14)
-* .idx files: Indexing. (line 23)
+* .idx files: Indexing. (line 22)
* .idx files <1>: Index hyperlinks. (line 14)
-* .ind files: Indexing. (line 27)
+* .ind files: Indexing. (line 26)
* .ind files <1>: Index hyperlinks. (line 25)
* .pdf files: Checking for PDF output.
(line 6)
@@ -6946,10 +7026,10 @@
* atom: Properties. (line 6)
* autopict.sty: Packages known to work.
(line 12)
+* auxiliary files, existence of: Auxiliary files. (line 6)
* avoiding boxed links: URL hyperlinks. (line 17)
* avoiding boxed links <1>: Setting default types and options.
(line 25)
-* axuiliary files, existence of: Auxiliary files. (line 6)
* backslash character: Category codes. (line 15)
* balancing of columns with \singlecolumn: Multiple columns. (line 11)
* Berry, Karl: Introduction. (line 31)
@@ -6967,6 +7047,7 @@
* BibTeX: Citations. (line 9)
* BibTeX <1>: Logos. (line 10)
* black boxes: Boxes. (line 6)
+* bookmarks, making PDF: Making PDF outlines. (line 6)
* Borceux, Francis: Construction of commutative diagrams.
(line 79)
* border color, hyperlink: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
@@ -7169,9 +7250,9 @@
* destinations, in another file: Link types for hypertex.
(line 21)
* destinations, in another file <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 39)
+ (line 40)
* destinations, in another file <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 51)
+ (line 52)
* destinations, large operators: Options supported by all drivers.
(line 27)
* destinations, large operators <1>: Setting group options.
@@ -7183,9 +7264,9 @@
* destinations, named <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 18)
* destinations, numbered: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 91)
+ (line 92)
* destinations, page: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 30)
+ (line 31)
* destinations, raising: Options supported by all drivers.
(line 13)
* destinations, URL: Link types for hypertex.
@@ -7221,7 +7302,7 @@
(line 6)
* disabling hyperlinks <1>: Turning hyperlinks on/off.
(line 6)
-* disabling indexes: Indexing. (line 54)
+* disabling indexes: Indexing. (line 53)
* displayed math and hyperlinks: Options supported by all drivers.
(line 27)
* displayed math and hyperlinks <1>: Setting group options.
@@ -7263,6 +7344,7 @@
(line 13)
* dvips <1>: Hyperlink driver hypertex.
(line 32)
+* dvips, making PDF outlines for: Making PDF outlines. (line 16)
* Eijkhout, Victor: Iteration. (line 61)
* eject in multicolumns: Multiple columns. (line 14)
* electronic mail addresses, breaking: Paths. (line 6)
@@ -7318,9 +7400,9 @@
* file, hyperlink to: Link types for hypertex.
(line 21)
* file, hyperlink to <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 39)
+ (line 40)
* file, hyperlink to <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 51)
+ (line 52)
* file: links: General hyperlinks. (line 37)
* filenames, breaking: Paths. (line 6)
* filenames, breaking <1>: Packages known to work.
@@ -7454,9 +7536,9 @@
* hyperlink destination, named <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 18)
* hyperlink destination, numbered: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 91)
+ (line 92)
* hyperlink destination, page: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 30)
+ (line 31)
* hyperlink destination, raising: Options supported by all drivers.
(line 13)
* hyperlink dimensions: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
@@ -7551,9 +7633,9 @@
* hyperlinks, to another file: Link types for hypertex.
(line 21)
* hyperlinks, to another file <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 39)
+ (line 40)
* hyperlinks, to another file <2>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 51)
+ (line 52)
* hyperlinks, URL: General hyperlinks. (line 20)
* hyperlinks, URL <1>: URL hyperlinks. (line 6)
* hyperlinks, URL <2>: Link types for hypertex.
@@ -7577,6 +7659,8 @@
(line 6)
* idxuniq: Exact destinations for index terms.
(line 33)
+* ifpdf.sty: Checking for PDF output.
+ (line 24)
* ignoring arguments: Macro arguments. (line 6)
* implicit hyperlinks: Implicit hyperlinks. (line 6)
* implicit hyperlinks, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
@@ -7630,8 +7714,8 @@
(line 6)
* index, underlining page numbers: Page list and page range parsers.
(line 26)
-* indexes, disabling: Indexing. (line 54)
-* indexes, multiple: Indexing. (line 36)
+* indexes, disabling: Indexing. (line 53)
+* indexes, multiple: Indexing. (line 35)
* indexing: Indexing. (line 6)
* indexing and trailing spaces: Indexing terms. (line 20)
* indexing commands: Indexing commands. (line 6)
@@ -7790,7 +7874,7 @@
* morphisms: Arrows and morphisms.
(line 6)
* multiple column output: Multiple columns. (line 6)
-* multiple indexes: Indexing. (line 36)
+* multiple indexes: Indexing. (line 35)
* named destination: Link types for hypertex.
(line 7)
* named destination <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
@@ -7803,7 +7887,7 @@
* nolinks, hyperlink driver: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
(line 6)
* numbered destination: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 91)
+ (line 92)
* numbered lists: Lists. (line 6)
* numbered references: Citations. (line 91)
* numbers, detecting: \ifinteger and \isinteger.
@@ -7841,6 +7925,7 @@
* options, link, pdftex: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 6)
* ordered list: Lists. (line 6)
+* outlines, making PDF: Making PDF outlines. (line 6)
* output routine and index proofing: Proofing index terms.
(line 28)
* overstriking: Packages known to work.
@@ -7852,7 +7937,7 @@
* packages, LaTeX <2>: Packages known not to work.
(line 6)
* page destination: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
- (line 30)
+ (line 31)
* page list, parsing: Page destinations for index terms.
(line 32)
* page range, parsing: Page destinations for index terms.
@@ -7869,6 +7954,7 @@
(line 134)
* PDF: Packages known to work.
(line 104)
+* PDF outlines (a.k.a. bookmarks): Making PDF outlines. (line 6)
* PDF output: Checking for PDF output.
(line 6)
* pdftex: Invoking Eplain. (line 114)
@@ -7886,6 +7972,7 @@
(line 6)
* pdftex, link types: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 6)
+* pdftex, making PDF outlines for: Making PDF outlines. (line 16)
* pdfTeX, problems using color and graphics: Packages known to work.
(line 30)
* pdfTeX, problems with supp-mis.tex: Packages known to work.
@@ -8007,14 +8094,15 @@
* tables: Tables. (line 6)
* tabs: Obeying spaces. (line 22)
* TeX by Topic: Iteration. (line 61)
-* TeX Frequently Asked Question: \ifinteger and \isinteger.
+* TeX Frequently Asked Questions: \ifinteger and \isinteger.
(line 26)
* TEXFORMATS: Installation. (line 43)
* texi2dvi: Invoking Eplain. (line 103)
* texi2dvi <1>: Citations. (line 102)
-* texi2dvi <2>: Indexing. (line 33)
+* texi2dvi <2>: Indexing. (line 32)
* Texinfo: Introduction. (line 15)
* TEXINPUTS: Installation. (line 23)
+* texnames.sty: Logos. (line 15)
* time of day: Time of day. (line 6)
* toc files, writing several: Changing the .toc file's root name.
(line 12)
@@ -8054,13 +8142,9 @@
(line 25)
* unordered lists: Lists. (line 6)
* upgrading: Installation. (line 6)
-* URL for ifpdf.sty: Checking for PDF output.
- (line 24)
-* URL for MakeIndex: Indexing. (line 14)
* URL for path.sty: Paths. (line 33)
* URL for pdfTeX: Checking for PDF output.
(line 6)
-* URL for texnames.sty: Logos. (line 15)
* URL hyperlink: General hyperlinks. (line 20)
* URL hyperlink <1>: URL hyperlinks. (line 6)
* URL hyperlink <2>: Link types for hypertex.
@@ -8088,7 +8172,7 @@
(line 25)
* whatsits made by hyperlinks: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
(line 25)
-* whatsits made by index entries: Indexing commands. (line 62)
+* whatsits made by index entries: Indexing commands. (line 61)
* while loops: Iteration. (line 6)
* whitespace: Obeying spaces. (line 6)
* width, hyperlink border: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
@@ -8112,129 +8196,130 @@
Tag Table:
-Node: Top803
-Node: Introduction8244
-Node: Installation11282
-Node: Invoking Eplain13334
-Node: User definitions17931
-Node: Diagnostics19758
-Node: Rules21323
-Node: Citations22154
-Node: Formatting citations28582
-Node: Formatting bibliographies30119
-Node: Commands from LaTeX33355
-Node: Displays34329
-Node: Formatting displays35716
-Node: Time of day36349
-Node: Lists37108
-Node: Formatting lists39248
-Node: Verbatim listing41531
-Node: Contents44751
-Node: Writing the .toc file45420
-Node: Reading the .toc file48282
-Node: Changing the .toc file's root name49685
-Node: Alternative contents files50701
-Node: Cross-references51265
-Node: Defining generic references52751
-Node: Using generic references53627
-Node: Page references54911
-Node: Equation references55730
-Node: Formatting equation references58495
-Node: Subequation references62845
-Node: Indexing64761
-Node: Indexing terms67869
-Node: Indexing commands68981
-Node: Modifying index entries72000
-Node: Index entries with special characters74970
-Node: Proofing index terms79212
-Node: Typesetting an index81025
-Node: Customizing indexing83491
-Node: Justification87187
-Node: Tables90282
-Node: Margins92773
-Node: Multiple columns94926
-Node: Footnotes96963
-Node: Fractions99538
-Node: Paths100321
-Node: Logos101923
-Node: Boxes102653
-Node: Checking for PDF output104439
-Node: Loading LaTeX packages105527
-Node: The \usepackage command106884
-Node: Environment for loading packages107970
-Node: Packages known to work110310
-Node: Packages known not to work117202
-Node: Hyperlinks117987
-Node: Introduction to hyperlinks118568
-Node: Explicit hyperlinks124104
-Node: Implicit hyperlinks126389
-Node: General hyperlinks128210
-Node: URL hyperlinks129732
-Node: Citation hyperlinks131832
-Node: List hyperlinks132559
-Node: Cross-reference hyperlinks132950
-Node: Page reference hyperlinks134321
-Node: Equation reference hyperlinks134982
-Node: Index hyperlinks136372
-Node: Exact destinations for index terms138130
-Node: Page destinations for index terms140297
-Node: Choosing destination placement142915
-Node: Index page list and page range parsers143704
-Node: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries144256
-Node: Footnote hyperlinks145054
-Node: Contents hyperlinks146248
-Node: Hyperlink drivers146631
-Node: Options supported by all drivers147265
-Node: Hyperlink driver hypertex150061
-Node: Destination types for hypertex153005
-Node: Destination options for hypertex154039
-Node: Link types for hypertex154521
-Node: Link options for hypertex156528
-Node: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm157550
-Node: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm158195
-Node: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm161674
-Node: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm164125
-Node: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm167639
-Node: Hyperlink driver nolinks171277
-Node: Setting hyperlink types and options173680
-Node: Setting default types and options174681
-Node: Setting group types176107
-Node: Setting group options177296
-Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off179777
-Node: Turning low-level commands on/off180415
-Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group180928
-Node: Arrow theoretic diagrams182081
-Node: Slanted lines and vectors182459
-Node: Commutative diagrams184533
-Node: Arrows and morphisms185142
-Node: Construction of commutative diagrams189598
-Node: Commutative diagram parameters196763
-Node: Programming definitions198579
-Node: Category codes199585
-Node: Allocation macros202230
-Node: Iteration204365
-Node: Macro arguments206017
-Node: Converting to characters209392
-Node: Expansion210777
-Node: \csn and \ece211400
-Node: \edefappend211965
-Node: Hooks212512
-Node: Properties214686
-Node: \expandonce215765
-Node: \ifundefined216213
-Node: \ifempty216777
-Node: \ifinteger and \isinteger217519
-Node: \futurenonspacelet218554
-Node: Obeying spaces219155
-Node: Writing out numbers220179
-Node: Mode-specific penalties220502
-Node: Auxiliary files221231
-Node: User-defined environments222150
-Node: Page list and page range parsers223363
-Node: Demo files225495
-Node: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)226061
-Node: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex)234410
-Node: Macro index236866
-Node: Concept index305216
+Node: Top796
+Node: Introduction8126
+Node: Installation11167
+Node: Invoking Eplain13219
+Node: User definitions17817
+Node: Diagnostics19644
+Node: Rules21209
+Node: Citations22040
+Node: Formatting citations28468
+Node: Formatting bibliographies30007
+Node: Commands from LaTeX33243
+Node: Displays34217
+Node: Formatting displays35604
+Node: Time of day36237
+Node: Lists36996
+Node: Formatting lists39136
+Node: Verbatim listing41419
+Node: Contents44639
+Node: Writing the .toc file45308
+Node: Reading the .toc file48170
+Node: Changing the .toc file's root name49573
+Node: Alternative contents files50589
+Node: Cross-references51153
+Node: Defining generic references52633
+Node: Using generic references53509
+Node: Page references54793
+Node: Equation references55612
+Node: Formatting equation references58364
+Node: Subequation references62714
+Node: Indexing64630
+Node: Indexing terms67652
+Node: Indexing commands68764
+Node: Modifying index entries71725
+Node: Index entries with special characters74693
+Node: Proofing index terms78935
+Node: Typesetting an index80748
+Node: Customizing indexing83214
+Node: Justification86910
+Node: Tables90005
+Node: Margins92496
+Node: Multiple columns94649
+Node: Footnotes96686
+Node: Fractions99261
+Node: Paths100044
+Node: Logos101600
+Node: Boxes102395
+Node: Checking for PDF output104181
+Node: Loading LaTeX packages105207
+Node: The \usepackage command106409
+Node: Environment for loading packages107495
+Node: Packages known to work109835
+Node: Packages known not to work116602
+Node: Hyperlinks117375
+Node: Introduction to hyperlinks118024
+Node: Explicit hyperlinks123561
+Node: Implicit hyperlinks125846
+Node: General hyperlinks127667
+Node: URL hyperlinks129190
+Node: Citation hyperlinks131290
+Node: List hyperlinks132017
+Node: Cross-reference hyperlinks132408
+Node: Page reference hyperlinks133779
+Node: Equation reference hyperlinks134440
+Node: Index hyperlinks135830
+Node: Exact destinations for index terms137588
+Node: Page destinations for index terms139755
+Node: Choosing destination placement142373
+Node: Index page list and page range parsers143162
+Node: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries143714
+Node: Footnote hyperlinks144512
+Node: Contents hyperlinks145706
+Node: Hyperlink drivers146089
+Node: Options supported by all drivers146723
+Node: Hyperlink driver hypertex149519
+Node: Destination types for hypertex152467
+Node: Destination options for hypertex153501
+Node: Link types for hypertex153983
+Node: Link options for hypertex155991
+Node: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm157013
+Node: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm157658
+Node: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm161137
+Node: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm163588
+Node: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm167108
+Node: Hyperlink driver nolinks170746
+Node: Setting hyperlink types and options173149
+Node: Setting default types and options174150
+Node: Setting group types175576
+Node: Setting group options176765
+Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off179246
+Node: Turning low-level commands on/off179912
+Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group180425
+Node: Making PDF outlines181578
+Node: Arrow theoretic diagrams184463
+Node: Slanted lines and vectors184830
+Node: Commutative diagrams186904
+Node: Arrows and morphisms187501
+Node: Construction of commutative diagrams191956
+Node: Commutative diagram parameters199121
+Node: Programming definitions200937
+Node: Category codes201938
+Node: Allocation macros204583
+Node: Iteration206718
+Node: Macro arguments208370
+Node: Converting to characters211745
+Node: Expansion213130
+Node: \csn and \ece213693
+Node: \edefappend214258
+Node: Hooks214805
+Node: Properties216979
+Node: \expandonce218058
+Node: \ifundefined218506
+Node: \ifempty219070
+Node: \ifinteger and \isinteger219812
+Node: \futurenonspacelet220852
+Node: Obeying spaces221453
+Node: Writing out numbers222477
+Node: Mode-specific penalties222800
+Node: Auxiliary files223529
+Node: User-defined environments224448
+Node: Page list and page range parsers225661
+Node: Demo files227793
+Node: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)228360
+Node: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex)236709
+Node: Macro index239165
+Node: Concept index308026
End Tag Table
Modified: trunk/doc/eplain.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/doc/eplain.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/doc/eplain.texi 2019-05-28 17:26:51 UTC (rev 45)
+++ trunk/doc/eplain.texi 2019-05-29 22:35:03 UTC (rev 46)
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
@setfilename eplain.info
@settitle Eplain: Expanded Plain @TeX{}
- at set UPDATED May 2016
- at set VERSION 3.8
+ at set UPDATED May 2019
+ at set VERSION 3.9
@copying
This manual documents the Eplain macros, version @value{VERSION},
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
@insertcopying
-The Eplain home page is @url{http://tug.org/eplain}.
+The Eplain home page is @url{https://tug.org/eplain}.
@end ifnottex
@menu
Modified: trunk/doc/hlink.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/doc/hlink.texi 2019-05-28 17:26:51 UTC (rev 45)
+++ trunk/doc/hlink.texi 2019-05-29 22:35:03 UTC (rev 46)
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@
* Hyperlink drivers::
* Setting hyperlink types and options::
* Turning hyperlinks on/off::
+* Making PDF outlines:: Also known as bookmarks.
@end menu
@@ -92,7 +93,7 @@
If necessary, you can explicitly specify the driver name:
@example
-\enablehyperlinks[pdftex]
+\enablehyperlinks[dvipdfm]
@end example
@noindent will start producing hyperlinks under the assumption that
@@ -329,7 +330,7 @@
@samp{~}) in the @acronym{URL} don't need to be escaped. For example:
@example
-\href@{http://tug.org/eplain/doc/eplain.html#Hyperlinks@}@{Hyperlinks
+\href@{https://tug.org/eplain/doc/eplain.html#Hyperlinks@}@{Hyperlinks
in Eplain@}
\href@{mailto:tex-eplain@@tug.org@}@{Eplain mailing list@}
@end example
@@ -1176,7 +1177,7 @@
Example:
@example
- at code{\hlstart@{url@}@{@}@{http://tug.org/eplain/@}Eplain home\hlend}
+ at code{\hlstart@{url@}@{@}@{https://tug.org/eplain/@}Eplain home\hlend}
@end example
@item filename
@@ -1622,7 +1623,7 @@
@cindex hyperlinks, @acronym{URL}
Go to a @acronym{URL}. The label is the @acronym{URL}.
-Example: @code{\hlstart@{url@}@{@}@{http://tug.org/eplain/@}Eplain home\hlend}
+Example: @code{\hlstart@{url@}@{@}@{https://tug.org/eplain/@}Eplain home\hlend}
@item page
@findex page @r{(hyperlink type)}
@@ -2324,3 +2325,98 @@
@end example
@noindent all links are on except for the `eq' linkgroup.
+
+ at node Making PDF outlines
+ at section Making PDF outlines
+
+ at cindex outlines, making PDF
+ at cindex bookmarks, making PDF
+ at cindex PDF outlines (a.k.a.@: bookmarks)
+
+PDF outlines (a.k.a.@: bookmarks) are more or less a table of contents
+that PDF viewers can display alongside the main document. Eplain's
+hyperlink features can be used to create them; there isn't any special
+support for them. A continuing example interspersed with commentary
+follows.
+
+First we must enable hyperlinks.
+ at example
+\input eplain
+\enablehyperlinks %[dvipdfm] doesn't work
+ at end example
+
+ at findex ifpdf
+ at cindex @code{pdftex}, making PDF outlines for
+ at cindex @code{dvips}, making PDF outlines for
+We will separate the code to support @code{pdftex} from @code{dvips}
+with the @code{\ifpdf} conditional (provided by Eplain).
+
+ at findex pdfoutline @r{(@code{pdftex} primitive)}
+For @code{pdftex}, we can use the @code{\pdfoutline} primitive. The
+keyword "count" is followed by the number of subentries in this entry.
+If negative, the bookmark is closed (that is, subentries are hidden).
+
+ at example
+\ifpdf
+ \pdfoutline goto name @{sec1@} count -1 @{Mysec-pdf@}%
+ \pdfoutline goto name @{sec1.1@} @{Mysubsec-pdf@}%
+ at end example
+
+ at findex special ps: @r{for @code{dvips}}
+For @code{dvips}, we use @TeX{}'s @code{\special} command to emit a
+ at code{ps:} special using the PDF @code{pdfmark} operator. The
+ at code{ps:} prefix tells @code{dvips} that the following is literal
+PostScript.
+
+ at findex pdfmark @r{(PDF language primitive)}
+ at code{[ ... pdfmark} (there is no closing @samp{]}) is a extension to
+the PostScript language for specifying various PDF-related things. It
+is recognized by Ghostscript, Distiller, et al. Adobe publishes a
+reference manual for it:
+ at url{https://adobe.com/content/dam/Adobe/en/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdfmark_reference.pdf}.
+
+ at findex DOCVIEW @r{pdfmark}
+The @code{/DOCVIEW} pdfmark used here says the outline panel should be used.
+
+ at example
+\else % not pdf output
+ \special@{ps:[/PageMode /UseOutlines /DOCVIEW pdfmark@}
+ %
+ % The individual outline entries, using a different syntax
+ % than pdftex, but the same information.
+ \special@{ps:[/Count -1 /Dest (sec1) cvn /Title (Mysec-dvi)
+ /OUT pdfmark@}
+ \special@{ps:[/Count -0 /Dest (sec1.1) cvn /Title (Mysubsec-dvi)
+ /OUT pdfmark@}
+\fi
+ at end example
+
+The @samp{-pdf} and @samp{-dvi} suffixes in the strings above in the
+outline entries are just to make it clear which branch is being
+executed, for purposes of this example. Ordinarily the entries would
+be the same in both branches.
+
+Also, the strings above are literal PostScript constants, again for
+this example. Usually they would come from control sequences, e.g.,
+as the table of contents is read.
+
+ at findex pdfescapestring @r{pdf at TeX{} primitive}
+It is necessary to "pdf-escape" such arbitrary strings, else
+backslashes, parentheses, etc., would not come out right. pdf at TeX{}'s
+ at code{\pdfescapestring} primitive is an easy way to do this, e.g.,
+ at code{\xdef#1@{\pdfescapestring@{#1@}@}}.
+
+Here is the document text, constructing three pages with the section
+and subsection given above in the outlines.
+
+ at example
+First page.\vfil\eject
+
+\hldest@{@}@{@}@{sec1@}%
+1. Mysec on second page.\vfil\eject
+
+\hldest@{@}@{@}@{sec1.1@}%
+1.1. Mysubsec on third page.
+
+\end
+ at end example
Modified: trunk/doc/intro.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/doc/intro.texi 2019-05-28 17:26:51 UTC (rev 45)
+++ trunk/doc/intro.texi 2019-05-29 22:35:03 UTC (rev 46)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
@pindex xeplain.tex
The @dfn{Eplain} macro package expands on and extends the definitions in
-plain @TeX{}. Its home on the web is @url{http://tug.org/eplain}.
+plain @TeX{}. Its home on the web is @url{https://tug.org/eplain}.
This manual describes the definitions that you, as either an author or
a macro writer, might like to use. It doesn't discuss the
@@ -78,8 +78,8 @@
@cindex Walden, David
David Walden had reported his experience with Eplain as a new user.
The article is available online at
- at url{http://tug.org/@/pracjourn/@/2005-4/@/walden}. An introductory
+ at url{https://tug.org/@/pracjourn/@/2005-4/@/walden}. An introductory
article (written for
@cindex @i{TUGboat}
@i{TUGboat}) is also available online at
- at url{http://tug.org/@/eplain/@/misc/@/tb84katsi.pdf}.
+ at url{https://tug.org/@/eplain/@/misc/@/tb84katsi.pdf}.
Modified: trunk/doc/invoke.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/doc/invoke.texi 2019-05-28 17:26:51 UTC (rev 45)
+++ trunk/doc/invoke.texi 2019-05-29 22:35:03 UTC (rev 46)
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
@noindent The file @file{eplain.tex} is all of these files merged
together, with comments removed. The original sources can be found in
Eplain source zip archive in your TeX distribution, on @acronym{CTAN}
-or on Eplain's home page at @url{http://tug.org/@/eplain}.
+or on Eplain's home page at @url{https://tug.org/@/eplain}.
All of these files except @file{xeplain.tex} can be input individually,
if all you want are the definitions in that file.
Modified: trunk/doc/progdef.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/doc/progdef.texi 2019-05-28 17:26:51 UTC (rev 45)
+++ trunk/doc/progdef.texi 2019-05-29 22:35:03 UTC (rev 46)
@@ -714,8 +714,8 @@
@noindent will expand to @samp{ab_integer} (and thus would not
even compile outside math mode).
- at cindex @TeX{} Frequently Asked Question
-These macros come from @TeX{} Frequently Asked Question
+ at cindex @TeX{} Frequently Asked Questions
+These macros come from the @TeX{} Frequently Asked Questions
(@url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/@/cgi-bin/@/texfaq2html}).
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@
@node Auxiliary files
@section Auxiliary files
- at cindex axuiliary files, existence of
+ at cindex auxiliary files, existence of
It is common to write some information out to a file to be used on a
subsequent run. But when it is time to read the file again, you only
want to do so if the file actually exists. @code{\testfileexistence}
Modified: trunk/doc/texinfo.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/doc/texinfo.tex 2019-05-28 17:26:51 UTC (rev 45)
+++ trunk/doc/texinfo.tex 2019-05-29 22:35:03 UTC (rev 46)
@@ -3,11 +3,9 @@
% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
%
-\def\texinfoversion{2013-09-11.11}
+\def\texinfoversion{2019-05-18.15}
%
-% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
-% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
-% 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
%
% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -20,7 +18,7 @@
% General Public License for more details.
%
% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+% along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
%
% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
@@ -29,9 +27,9 @@
%
% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-% http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
-% http://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
-% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
+% https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
+% https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
+% https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
%
@@ -55,7 +53,7 @@
% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
% full Texinfo distribution.
%
-% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
@@ -66,6 +64,10 @@
\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
\catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+% LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for
+% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex.
+\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}%
+
\chardef\other=12
% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
@@ -96,7 +98,9 @@
\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
\let\ptexrbrace=\}
\let\ptexslash=\/
+\let\ptexsp=\sp
\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptexsup=\sup
\let\ptext=\t
\let\ptextop=\top
{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
@@ -155,22 +159,13 @@
\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
-\chardef\spacecat = 10
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
+% Give the space character the catcode for a space.
+\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax}
-% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
-\chardef\ampChar = `\&
-\chardef\colonChar = `\:
-\chardef\commaChar = `\,
+% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character.
+\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax}
+
\chardef\dashChar = `\-
-\chardef\dotChar = `\.
-\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
-\chardef\hashChar = `\#
-\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
-\chardef\questChar = `\?
-\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
-\chardef\semiChar = `\;
\chardef\slashChar = `\/
\chardef\underChar = `\_
@@ -193,17 +188,6 @@
wide-spread wrap-around
}
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
-
% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
@@ -248,17 +232,16 @@
\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
\removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
-% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
+%
Output routine
%
-\newif\ifcropmarks
-\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
%
-% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
-% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
-%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
+
\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
-\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
-\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
@@ -270,22 +253,34 @@
%
% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
-% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. The solution is
-% described on page 260 of The TeXbook. It involves outputting two
-% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and
-% one after. I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK...
+% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.
+
+% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one
+% mark before the section break, and one after.
+% In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \currentchapterdefs,
+% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \currentsectiondefs.
+% Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous
+% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section
+% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top.
+% @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark.
+%
+% See page 260 of The TeXbook.
\def\domark{%
- \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}%
- \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}%
+ \toks0=\expandafter{\currentchapterdefs}%
+ \toks2=\expandafter{\currentsectiondefs}%
\toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
\toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
- \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}%
+ \toks8=\expandafter{\currentcolordefs}%
\mark{%
- \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: top marks (\last...)
- \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: bottom marks (default, \prev...)
+ \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top
+ \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom
\noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks
}%
}
+
+% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks,
+% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark.
+%
% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
@@ -292,39 +287,94 @@
% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
% first @chapter.
\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
- \ifcase0\topmark\fi
+ \ifcase0\the\savedtopmark\fi
\ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
}
\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
-\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi}
+\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\the\savedtopmark\fi}
% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
-\def\lastchapterdefs{}
-\def\lastsectiondefs{}
+\def\currentchapterdefs{}
+\def\currentsectiondefs{}
+\def\currentsection{}
\def\prevchapterdefs{}
\def\prevsectiondefs{}
-\def\lastcolordefs{}
+\def\currentcolordefs{}
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight
+
% Main output routine.
+%
\chardef\PAGE = 255
-\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+\newtoks\defaultoutput
+\defaultoutput = {\savetopmark\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
\newbox\headlinebox
\newbox\footlinebox
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
+% When outputting the double column layout for indices, an output routine
+% is run several times, which hides the original value of \topmark. This
+% can lead to a page heading being output and duplicating the chapter heading
+% of the index. Hence, save the contents of \topmark at the beginning of
+% the output routine. The saved contents are valid until we actually
+% \shipout a page.
+%
+% (We used to run a short output routine to actually set \topmark and
+% \firstmark to the right values, but if this was called with an empty page
+% containing whatsits for writing index entries, the whatsits would be thrown
+% away and the index auxiliary file would remain empty.)
+%
+\newtoks\savedtopmark
+\newif\iftopmarksaved
+\topmarksavedtrue
+\def\savetopmark{%
+ \iftopmarksaved\else
+ \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark}%
+ \global\topmarksavedtrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.
+% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer
+% and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page to be written
+% to the auxiliary files.
+%
\def\onepageout#1{%
- \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
+ \hoffset=\normaloffset
%
\ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
\else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
%
+ % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page,
+ % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the
+ % values in \headline and \footline.
+ %
+ % This is used to check if we are on the first page of a chapter.
+ \ifcase1\the\savedtopmark\fi
+ \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername
+ \ifcase0\firstmark\fi
+ \let\curchaptername\thischaptername
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
+ %
+ \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername
+ \let\thischapterheading\thischapter
+ \else
+ % \thischapterheading is the same as \thischapter except it is blank
+ % for the first page of a chapter. This is to prevent the chapter name
+ % being shown twice.
+ \def\thischapterheading{}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Common context changes for both heading and footing.
% Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
% the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
- \def\commmonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \texinfochars}
+ \def\commmonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars}
%
- \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
\global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makeheadline}%
%
\ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
@@ -331,41 +381,17 @@
\global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commmonheadfootline \makefootline}%
%
{%
+ % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files.
% Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
% take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
% before the \shipout runs.
%
- \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
- \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
- % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
- % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
- % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
- % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
- % it needs to be
- % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
+ \atdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
+ \turnoffactive
\shipout\vbox{%
% Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
\ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
%
- \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
- \hsize = \outerhsize
- \vskip-\topandbottommargin
- \vtop to0pt{%
- \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
- \nointerlineskip
- \line{%
- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
- }%
- \vss}%
- \vskip\topandbottommargin
- \line\bgroup
- \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
- \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
- \vbox\bgroup
- \fi
- %
\unvbox\headlinebox
\pagebody{#1}%
\ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
@@ -376,24 +402,9 @@
\unvbox\footlinebox
\fi
%
- \ifcropmarks
- \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
- \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
- \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
- \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
- \vbox to0pt{\vss
- \line{%
- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
- }%
- \nointerlineskip
- \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
- }%
- \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
- \fi
- }% end of \shipout\vbox
- }% end of group with \indexdummies
+ }%
+ }%
+ \global\topmarksavedfalse
\advancepageno
\ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
}
@@ -400,7 +411,8 @@
\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+% Main part of page, including any footnotes
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
{\catcode`\@ =11
\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
% marginal hacks, juha at viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
@@ -411,20 +423,13 @@
\ifr at ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
}
-% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
-% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
-% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
-\def\nstop{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
-\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
-\def\nsbot{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
+% Argument parsing
+
% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}.
%
\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
@@ -443,7 +448,8 @@
}%
}
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
+% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Pass the result on to
+% \argcheckspaces.
\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
@@ -480,14 +486,13 @@
%
\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
+
+% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line
+%
% \parseargdef\foo{...}
% is roughly equivalent to
% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-%
-% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
-% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03
-
\def\parseargdef#1{%
\expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
}
@@ -677,21 +682,26 @@
\endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
\global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
\egroup % End the \vtop.
+ \addgroupbox
+ \prevdepth = \dimen1
+ \checkinserts
+}
+
+\def\addgroupbox{
% \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
\dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
% \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
- \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+ \dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
% if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
% group, force a page break.
\ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
- \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+ \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight
\page
\fi
\fi
\box\groupbox
- \prevdepth = \dimen1
- \checkinserts
}
+
%
% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
@@ -815,36 +825,6 @@
\temp
}
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
-% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). This command
-% is not documented, not supported, and doesn't work.
-%
-\def\|{%
- % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
- \leavevmode
- %
- % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
- \vadjust{%
- % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
- % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
- \vskip-\baselineskip
- %
- % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
- % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
- \llap{%
- %
- % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
- \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
- %
- % This is the space between the bar and the text.
- \hskip 12pt
- }%
- }%
-}
-
% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
%
\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
@@ -933,13 +913,14 @@
% @comment ...line which is ignored...
% @c is the same as @comment
% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
-%
-\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
+
+
+\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active%
\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\commentxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+\cxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
%
-\let\c=\comment
+\let\comment\c
% @paragraphindent NCHARS
% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
@@ -1010,24 +991,15 @@
% paragraph.
%
\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
- \gdef\indent{%
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- \indent
- }%
- \gdef\noindent{%
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- \noindent
- }%
- \global\everypar = {%
- \kern -\parindent
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- }%
+ \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}%
+ \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}%
+ \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}%
}
-
+%
\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
- \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
- \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
- \global \everypar = {}%
+ \global\let\indent = \ptexindent
+ \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent
+ \global\everypar = {}%
}
@@ -1034,46 +1006,9 @@
% @refill is a no-op.
\let\refill=\relax
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored
+\let\setfilename=\comment
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
- \iflinks
- \tryauxfile
- % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
- \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
- \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
- \openindices
- \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
- %
- % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
- % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
- \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
- \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
- \closein 1
- %
- \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% Called from \setfilename.
-%
-\def\openindices{%
- \newindex{cp}%
- \newcodeindex{fn}%
- \newcodeindex{vr}%
- \newcodeindex{tp}%
- \newcodeindex{ky}%
- \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
-
% @bye.
\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
@@ -1090,10 +1025,91 @@
\newtoks\toksC
\newtoks\toksD
\newbox\boxA
+\newbox\boxB
\newcount\countA
\newif\ifpdf
\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+%
+% For LuaTeX
+%
+
+\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname
+\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc.
+
+\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+\else
+ % Use Unicode destination names
+ \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
+ % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\%=12
+ \directlua{
+ function UTF16oct(str)
+ tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377')
+ for c in string.utfvalues(str) do
+ if c < 0x10000 then
+ tex.sprint(
+ string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+ (c / 256), (c % 256)))
+ else
+ c = c - 0x10000
+ local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800
+ local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00
+ tex.sprint(
+ string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+ (c_hi / 256), (c_hi % 256),
+ (c_lo / 256), (c_lo % 256)))
+ end
+ end
+ end
+ }
+ \endgroup
+ \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
+ % Escape PDF strings without converting
+ \begingroup
+ \directlua{
+ function PDFescstr(str)
+ for c in string.bytes(str) do
+ if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then
+ tex.sprint(
+ string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+ c))
+ else
+ tex.sprint(string.char(c))
+ end
+ end
+ end
+ }
+ \endgroup
+ \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
+ \ifnum\luatexversion>84
+ % For LuaTeX >= 0.85
+ \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest}
+ \let\pdfoutput\outputmode
+ \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal}
+ \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog}
+ \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax}
+ \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource
+ \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource
+ \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex
+ \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax}
+ \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline}
+ \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink}
+ \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr}
+ \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj}
+ \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax}
+ \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth
+ \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight
+ \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin}
+ \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
@@ -1107,6 +1123,16 @@
\fi
\fi
+\newif\ifpdforxetex
+\pdforxetexfalse
+\ifpdf
+ \pdforxetextrue
+\fi
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined\else
+ \pdforxetextrue
+\fi
+
+
% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
@@ -1124,6 +1150,7 @@
\ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined
% No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
% Many times it won't matter.
+ \xdef#1{#1}%
\else
% The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
% backslashes, and other special chars.
@@ -1130,6 +1157,14 @@
\xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
\fi
}
+\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{%
+ \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined
+ % No UTF-16 converting macro available.
+ \txiescapepdf{#1}%
+ \else
+ \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot
@@ -1138,21 +1173,23 @@
\ifpdf
%
- % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex,
+ % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex,
% except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a
% very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead
- % of actual black.
+ % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as
+ % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use
+ % black by default, though.
\def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
\def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
%
- % k sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
- % K sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
+ % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
+ % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
\def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}}
%
% Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
% so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
\def\setcolor#1{%
- \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
+ \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
\domark
\pdfsetcolor{#1}%
}
@@ -1160,7 +1197,7 @@
\def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
\edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
- \def\lastcolordefs{}
+ \def\currentcolordefs{}
%
\def\makefootline{%
\baselineskip24pt
@@ -1237,24 +1274,83 @@
\pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
\fi}
%
- \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
+ \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
% We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
% such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
\indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
\turnoffactive
- \makevalueexpandable
+ \iftxiuseunicodedestname
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
+ % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode.
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ % Pass through Unicode characters.
+ \else
+ % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \fi
\def\pdfdestname{#1}%
\txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
- \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
}}
%
+ \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
+ \indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark
+ % strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for
+ % the "PDFDocEncoding".
+ \passthroughcharstrue
+ % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
+ % LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode
+ % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ % For pdfTeX with UTF-8.
+ % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings,
+ % but the code for this isn't done yet.
+ % Use ASCII approximations.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \else
+ % For LuaTeX with UTF-8.
+ % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts.
+ \passthroughcharstrue
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings.
+ % Use ASCII approximations.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16
+ % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
+ \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext
+ }}
+ %
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+ }
+ %
% used to mark target names; must be expandable.
\def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
%
- % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as
- % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.
- \def\urlcolor{\rgbDarkRed}
- \def\linkcolor{\rgbDarkRed}
+ % by default, use black for everything.
+ \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
\def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
%
% Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
@@ -1276,18 +1372,13 @@
% page number. We could generate a destination for the section
% text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
% seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
- \edef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
- \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
- \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
- \else
- \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinedest
+ \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
+ \setpdfdestname{#3}
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
\fi
%
- % Also escape PDF chars in the display string.
- \edef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
- %
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
}
%
\def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
@@ -1407,6 +1498,9 @@
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
\endgroup}
+ % \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink. #1 may
+ % be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index
+ % entry.
\def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
\def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
\def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
@@ -1442,42 +1536,298 @@
\let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
%
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
- \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
- \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font
-}
+% For XeTeX
+%
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+\else
+ %
+ % XeTeX version check
+ %
+ \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1
+ % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307.
+ % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941).
+ % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special
+ % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
+ \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010}
+ % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+.
+ % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF.
+ \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
+ \else
+ % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the
+ % `dvipdfmx:config' special.
+ % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement,
+ % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary.
+ %
+ % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF
+ % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue.
+ % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
+ \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Color support
+ %
+ \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
+ \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
+ %
+ \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}}
+ %
+ % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
+ % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
+ \def\setcolor#1{%
+ \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
+ \domark
+ \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
+ \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
+ \def\currentcolordefs{}
+ %
+ \def\makefootline{%
+ \baselineskip24pt
+ \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\makeheadline{%
+ \vbox to 0pt{%
+ \vskip-22.5pt
+ \line{%
+ \vbox to8.5pt{}%
+ % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
+ \getcolormarks
+ % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
+ }%
+ \vss
+ }%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ }
+ %
+ % PDF outline support
+ %
+ % Emulate pdfTeX primitive
+ \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{%
+ \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
+ % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+ % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ \iftxiuseunicodedestname
+ % Pass through Unicode characters.
+ \else
+ % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \fi
+ \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
+ }}
+ %
+ \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
+ \turnoffactive
+ % Always use Unicode characters in title texts.
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16.
+ % So we do not convert.
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
+ }}
+ %
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+ }
+ %
+ % by default, use black for everything.
+ \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
+ %
+ \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+ \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
+ \setpdfdestname{#3}
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A
+ << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+ \begingroup
+ %
+ % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary.
+ % Therefore, we read toc only once.
+ %
+ % We use node names as destinations.
+ \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}%
+ %
+ \let\appentry\numchapentry%
+ \let\appsecentry\numsecentry%
+ \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
+ \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
+ \let\unnchapentry\numchapentry%
+ \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry%
+ \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
+ \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
+ %
+ % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16.
+ % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered.
+ %
+ \indexnofonts
+ \setupdatafile
+ % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
+ % Texinfo index files. So set that up.
+ \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
+ \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
+ \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+ \input \tocreadfilename
+ \endgroup
+ }
+ {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
+ \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
+ \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
+ \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
+ ]
-% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
+ \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> }
+ % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary
+ % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it.
+ % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315,
+ % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings.
+ % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
%
-\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
+ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+ \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
+ \fi
+ \nextsp}
+ \def\getfilename#1{%
+ \filenamelength=0
+ % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
+ % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
+ \edef\temp{#1}%
+ \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
+ }
+ % make a live url in pdf output.
+ \def\pdfurl#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+ % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+ % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+ % people have actually reported a problem with.
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \def\@{@}%
+ \let\/=\empty
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
+ % special-casing \var here?
+ \def\var##1{##1}%
+ %
+ \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
+ /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}%
+ \endgroup}
+ \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}}
+ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+ \def\maketoks{%
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
+ \ifx\first0\adn0
+ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+ \let\next=\maketoks
+ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+ \def\pdflink#1{%
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
+ /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}%
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
+ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+%
+ %
+ % @image support
+ %
+ % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
+ \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{%
+ \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ %
+ % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
+ % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
+ % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
+ % bitmap.
+ \let\xeteximgext=\empty
+ \begingroup
+ \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
+ \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}%
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}%
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}%
+ \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
+ \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+ \else
+ \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}%
+ \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
+ \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+ \else
+ \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi
+ \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax
+ }
+\fi
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
-% Unfortunately, we have to override this for titles and the like, since
-% in those cases "rm" is bold. Sigh.
-\def\rmisbold{\rm\def\curfontstyle{bf}}
+%
+\message{fonts,}
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-
-% We don't need math for this font style.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
-
-
% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
@@ -1825,8 +2175,10 @@
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
+\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf}
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
@@ -1856,6 +2208,20 @@
\font\smallersy=cmsy8
\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
+\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
+\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\font\seveni=cmmi7
+\font\sevensy=cmsy7
+\def\sevenecsize{0700}
+
% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
@@ -1887,6 +2253,7 @@
% Section fonts (14.4pt).
\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
@@ -1912,7 +2279,7 @@
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
\def\ssececsize{1200}
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
+% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt).
\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
@@ -1956,8 +2323,10 @@
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
+\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf}
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
@@ -1987,6 +2356,20 @@
\font\smallersy=cmsy8
\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
+\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
+\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\font\seveni=cmmi7
+\font\sevensy=cmsy7
+\def\sevenecsize{0700}
+
% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
@@ -2043,7 +2426,7 @@
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
\def\ssececsize{1000}
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
+% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt).
\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
@@ -2063,7 +2446,13 @@
\rm
} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+
% We provide the user-level command
% @fonttextsize 10
% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed.
@@ -2089,103 +2478,122 @@
\endgroup
}
+%
+% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
+% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
+% italics, not bold italics.
+%
+\def\setfontstyle#1{%
+ \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
+ \csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font
+}
+\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
+\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
+\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
+\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
+\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
+
+% We don't need math for this font style.
+\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+
+
% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
-% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
-% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.
+% We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need.
%
\def\resetmathfonts{%
- \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
- \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
+ \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont
+ \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont
+ \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont
+ %
+ % Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless
+ % of the current font size.
+ \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy
+ \scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl
+ \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt
+ \scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf
}
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
-% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
-% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
%
+
+% The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings
+% of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs
+% to also set the current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm)
+% commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font.
+%
+% The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for italics
+% in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only.
+%
% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in
-% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
+% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used
+% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
%
% This all needs generalizing, badly.
%
-\def\textfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
- \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
- \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
- \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
- \def\curfontsize{text}%
- \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
-\def\titlefonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
- \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
- \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
- \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
- \def\curfontsize{title}%
- \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{27pt}}
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}}
-\def\chapfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
- \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
- \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
- \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
- \def\curfontsize{chap}%
- \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
- \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
- \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
- \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
- \def\curfontsize{sec}%
- \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
- \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
- \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
- \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
- \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
- \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
-\def\reducedfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
- \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
- \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
- \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
- \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
- \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
- \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
- \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
- \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
- \def\curfontsize{small}%
- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallerfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
- \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
- \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
- \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
- \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\def\assignfonts#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname
+}
+\newif\ifrmisbold
+
+% Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size
+% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for
+% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size.
+\def\switchtolllsize{%
+ \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}%
+ \ifrmisbold
+ \let\rmfont\bffont
+ \fi
+ \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
+}%
+
+\def\switchtolsize{%
+ \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}%
+ \ifrmisbold
+ \let\rmfont\bffont
+ \fi
+ \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
+}%
+
+\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{%
+\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{%
+ \def\curfontsize{#1}%
+ \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}%
+ \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname
+ \assignfonts{#1}%
+ \resetmathfonts
+ \setleading{#4}%
+}}
+
+\definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false}
+
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts
+
% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
@@ -2222,26 +2630,11 @@
% Markup style infrastructure. \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will
% define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes.
% \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost
-% style and the set of \ifmarkupSTYLE switches for all styles
-% currently in effect.
-\newif\ifmarkupvar
-\newif\ifmarkupsamp
-\newif\ifmarkupkey
-%\newif\ifmarkupfile % @file == @samp.
-%\newif\ifmarkupoption % @option == @samp.
-\newif\ifmarkupcode
-\newif\ifmarkupkbd
-%\newif\ifmarkupenv % @env == @code.
-%\newif\ifmarkupcommand % @command == @code.
-\newif\ifmarkuptex % @tex (and part of @math, for now).
-\newif\ifmarkupexample
-\newif\ifmarkupverb
-\newif\ifmarkupverbatim
+% style.
\let\currentmarkupstyle\empty
\def\setupmarkupstyle#1{%
- \csname markup#1true\endcsname
\def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}%
\markupstylesetup
}
@@ -2303,11 +2696,15 @@
% lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27.
%
\def\codequoteright{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
- '%
+ \ifmonospace
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
+ '%
+ \else \char'15 \fi
\else \char'15 \fi
- \else \char'15 \fi
+ \else
+ '%
+ \fi
}
%
% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
@@ -2315,13 +2712,17 @@
% the code environments to do likewise.
%
\def\codequoteleft{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
- % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
- % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
- \relax`%
+ \ifmonospace
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
+ % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+ % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
+ \relax`%
+ \else \char'22 \fi
\else \char'22 \fi
- \else \char'22 \fi
+ \else
+ \relax`%
+ \fi
}
% Commands to set the quote options.
@@ -2431,8 +2832,8 @@
%
\catcode`@=11
\def\plainfrenchspacing{%
- \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
- \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+ \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m
+ \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m
\def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
}
\def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
@@ -2445,7 +2846,7 @@
% @t, explicit typewriter.
\def\t#1{%
- {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+ {\tt \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
\null
}
@@ -2472,7 +2873,6 @@
% Turn off hyphenation.
\nohyphenation
%
- \rawbackslash
\plainfrenchspacing
#1%
}%
@@ -2574,37 +2974,21 @@
\let\file=\code
\let\option=\code
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
-% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
-% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
-% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-% (This \urefnobreak definition isn't used now, leaving it for a while
-% for comparison.)
-\def\urefnobreak#1{\dourefnobreak #1,,,\finish}
-\def\dourefnobreak#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \pdfurl{#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \ifpdf
- \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
- \else
- \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
- \fi
- \else
- \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
- \fi
- \fi
- \endlink
-\endgroup}
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional
+% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and
+% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in
+% addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-% This \urefbreak definition is the active one.
+% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second
+% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target).
+\newif\ifurefurlonlylink
+
+% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected
+% places within the url. (There used to be another version, which
+% didn't support automatic breaking.)
\def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
\let\uref=\urefbreak
+%
\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
\unsepspaces
@@ -2613,12 +2997,32 @@
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
\unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
\else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
\ifpdf
- \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+ % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
+ \ifurefurlonlylink
+ % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
+ \unhbox0
+ \else
+ % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
+ % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
+ \fi
\else
- \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url
+ \else
+ % For XeTeX
+ \ifurefurlonlylink
+ % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
+ \unhbox0
+ \else
+ % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
+ % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
+ \fi
+ \fi
\fi
\else
\urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
@@ -2629,9 +3033,9 @@
% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
\def\urefcatcodes{%
- \catcode\ampChar=\active \catcode\dotChar=\active
- \catcode\hashChar=\active \catcode\questChar=\active
- \catcode\slashChar=\active
+ \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active
+ \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active
+ \catcode`\/=\active
}
{
\urefcatcodes
@@ -2655,30 +3059,24 @@
\global\def/{\normalslash}
}
-% we put a little stretch before and after the breakable chars, to help
-% line breaking of long url's. The unequal skips make look better in
-% cmtt at least, especially for dots.
-\def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus.13em }
-\def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus.1em }
-%
-\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprestretch \&\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodedot{\urefprestretch .\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodehash{\urefprestretch \#\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodequest{\urefprestretch ?\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprebreak \&\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodedot{\urefprebreak .\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodehash{\urefprebreak \#\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodequest{\urefprebreak ?\urefpostbreak}
\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish}
{
\catcode`\/=\active
\global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{%
- \urefprestretch \slashChar
+ \urefprebreak \slashChar
% Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of
% slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://.
- \ifx\next/\else \urefpoststretch \fi
+ \ifx\next/\else \urefpostbreak \fi
}
}
-% One more complication: by default we'll break after the special
-% characters, but some people like to break before the special chars, so
-% allow that. Also allow no breaking at all, for manual control.
+% By default we'll break after the special characters, but some people like to
+% break before the special chars, so allow that. Also allow no breaking at
+% all, for manual control.
%
\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{%
\def\txiarg{#1}%
@@ -2685,9 +3083,9 @@
\ifx\txiarg\wordnone
\def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore
- \def\urefprebreak{\allowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
+ \def\urefprebreak{\urefallowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter
- \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\allowbreak}
+ \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\urefallowbreak}
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
@@ -2697,6 +3095,14 @@
\def\wordbefore{before}
\def\wordnone{none}
+% Allow a ragged right output to aid breaking long URL's. Putting stretch in
+% between characters of the URL doesn't look good.
+\def\urefallowbreak{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus 4 em\relax
+ \allowbreak
+ \hskip 0pt plus -4 em\relax
+}
+
\urefbreakstyle after
% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
@@ -2707,7 +3113,7 @@
% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
%
%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\ifpdf
+\ifpdforxetex
\def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
\def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
\unsepspaces
@@ -2786,11 +3192,6 @@
%
\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
-% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
-% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
-%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-
% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
% all-uppercase.
@@ -2797,7 +3198,7 @@
%
\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
+ {\switchtolsize #1}%
\def\temp{#2}%
\ifx\temp\empty \else
\space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
@@ -2843,21 +3244,24 @@
\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
%
\def\math{%
- \tex
- \mathunderscore
- \let\\ = \mathbackslash
- \mathactive
- % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
- \let\"=\ddot
- \let\'=\acute
- \let\==\bar
- \let\^=\hat
- \let\`=\grave
- \let\u=\breve
- \let\v=\check
- \let\~=\tilde
- \let\dotaccent=\dot
- $\finishmath
+ \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already
+ \tex
+ \mathunderscore
+ \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+ \mathactive
+ % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
+ \let\"=\ddot
+ \let\'=\acute
+ \let\==\bar
+ \let\^=\hat
+ \let\`=\grave
+ \let\u=\breve
+ \let\v=\check
+ \let\~=\tilde
+ \let\dotaccent=\dot
+ % have to provide another name for sup operator
+ \let\mathopsup=\sup
+ $\expandafter\finishmath\fi
}
\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
@@ -2880,8 +3284,17 @@
}
}
-% ctrl is no longer a Texinfo command, but leave this definition for fun.
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript.
+% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch
+% into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the
+% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not
+% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices.
+%
+\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi}
+\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
+%
+\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi}
+\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
@@ -2945,23 +3358,10 @@
\let\atchar=\@
% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
-% Unless we're in typewriter, use \ecfont because the CM text fonts do
-% not have braces, and we don't want to switch into math.
-\def\mylbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char123}}
-\def\myrbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char125}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace \let\lbracechar=\{
-\let\}=\myrbrace \let\rbracechar=\}
-\begingroup
- % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
- % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
- \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
- \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
- \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
- !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
- !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
- !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
- !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
-!endgroup
+\def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}}
+\def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}}
+\let\{=\lbracechar
+\let\}=\rbracechar
% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
\let\comma = ,
@@ -2979,8 +3379,8 @@
% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
\def\questiondown{?`}
\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}}
% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
\def\imacro{i}
@@ -3009,12 +3409,12 @@
{\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
\vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
\ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
- % for 10pt running text, \lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
+ % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
% Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
\count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
\else
% For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
- \selectfonts\lllsize A%
+ \switchtolllsize A%
\fi
}%
\vss
@@ -3023,11 +3423,16 @@
\TeX
}
-% Some math mode symbols.
-\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
-\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi}
-\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi}
-\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi}
+% Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode
+% unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here,
+% but safer, and can't hurt.
+\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi}
+\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$}
+%
+\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet}
+\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge}
+\def\leq{\ensuremath\le}
+\def\minus{\ensuremath-}
% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
@@ -3075,7 +3480,7 @@
%
\newbox\errorbox
%
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
@@ -3191,8 +3596,15 @@
\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
%
-% Use the ec* fonts (cm-super in outline format) for non-CM glyphs.
-\def\ecfont{%
+% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format)
+% for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text
+% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec
+% package and follow the same conventions.
+%
+\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}}
+\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}}
+%
+\def\etcfont#1{%
% We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
% is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
% quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
@@ -3201,14 +3613,14 @@
\edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
\ifmonospace
% typewriter:
- \font\thisecfont = ectt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\else
\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
% bold:
- \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\else
% regular:
- \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\fi
\fi
\thisecfont
@@ -3219,7 +3631,7 @@
% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
%
\def\registeredsymbol{%
- $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
+ $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}%
\hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
}$%
}
@@ -3252,13 +3664,16 @@
\newif\ifseenauthor
\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
-% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
-%
-\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or
+% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete.
+\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{%
+ \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
+ command; move your @contents command if you want the contents
+ after the title page.}}%
+\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{%
+ \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
+ command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you
+ want the contents after the title page.}}%
\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
\begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
@@ -3300,20 +3715,6 @@
% Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
% in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
\HEADINGSon
- %
- % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
- \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \shortcontents
- \contents
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \fi
- %
- \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \contents
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \fi
}
\def\finishtitlepage{%
@@ -3324,12 +3725,11 @@
% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation,
% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used
-% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. Because
-% it is always used for titles, nothing else, we call \rmisbold. \par
-% should be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
+% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should
+% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
%
\def\raggedtitlesettings{%
- \rmisbold
+ \rm
\hyphenpenalty=10000
\parindent=0pt
\tolerance=5000
@@ -3338,7 +3738,7 @@
% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
-\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont
\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
\parseargdef\title{%
@@ -3364,7 +3764,7 @@
\else
\checkenv\titlepage
\ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
- {\secfonts\rmisbold \leftline{#1}}%
+ {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}%
\fi
}
@@ -3378,7 +3778,7 @@
\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
-% Now make TeX use those variables
+% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables
\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
\else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
@@ -3417,7 +3817,7 @@
%
% Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
% @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
- \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt
+ \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt
\global\advance\vsize by -12pt
}
@@ -3434,13 +3834,17 @@
% @everyheadingmarks
% @everyfootingmarks
+% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks,
+% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of
+% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks.
+%
\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
-\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
+\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
\headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
-\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
+\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
\headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
@@ -3461,7 +3865,7 @@
% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
\evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
@@ -3481,7 +3885,7 @@
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
}
\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
@@ -3492,8 +3896,8 @@
\global\pageno=1
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
}
\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
@@ -3504,7 +3908,7 @@
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
}
@@ -3512,8 +3916,8 @@
\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapterheading\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
}
@@ -3691,7 +4095,7 @@
\parskip=\smallskipamount
\ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
%
- % Try typesetting the item mark that if the document erroneously says
+ % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says
% something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
% right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the
% world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if
@@ -3723,7 +4127,12 @@
\noindent
\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
%
- \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
+ \ifinner\else
+ \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item.
+ \fi
+ % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an
+ % @itemize looks awful there.
+ }%
\flushcr
}
@@ -3941,19 +4350,23 @@
}
% multitable-only commands.
-%
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
-% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
-% of an alignment entry. \everycr resets \everytab so we don't have to
+%
+% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments
+% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an
+% alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to
% undo it ourselves.
\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
\def\headitem{%
\checkenv\multitable
\crcr
+ \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings
\global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
\the\everytab % for the first item
}%
%
+% default for tables with no headings.
+\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
+%
% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
% we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve.
@@ -3984,15 +4397,15 @@
%
\everycr = {%
\noalign{%
- \global\everytab={}%
+ \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem.
\global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
- % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
+ %
+ % Check for saved footnotes, etc.:
\checkinserts
- % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
- %\filbreak
- % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
- % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the
- % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+ %
+ % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset:
+ \headitemcrhook
+ \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
}%
}%
%
@@ -4244,19 +4657,6 @@
}
}
-% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
-% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
-% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the
-% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
-% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
-% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-%
-% Unfortunately, this has the consequence that when _ is in the *value*
-% of an @set, it does not print properly in the roman fonts (get the cmr
-% dot accent at position 126 instead). No fix comes to mind, and it's
-% been this way since 2003 or earlier, so just ignore it.
-%
\def\expandablevalue#1{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
{[No value for ``#1'']}%
@@ -4266,6 +4666,31 @@
\fi
}
+% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the
+% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when
+% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does.
+% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it
+% will be set by the time it is read back in.
+%
+% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here.
+\def\dummyvalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \noexpand\value{#1}%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value
+% if possible, otherwise sort late.
+\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ ZZZZZZZ%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
% with @set.
%
@@ -4341,19 +4766,16 @@
% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
-% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
-% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
-% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX.
+% It automatically defines \IXindex such that
+% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX.
+% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX.
% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
% for the sake of vms.
%
\def\newindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
- \fi
+ \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
\noexpand\doindex{#1}}
}
@@ -4367,15 +4789,20 @@
\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
%
\def\newcodeindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
- \fi
+ \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
\noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
}
+% The default indices:
+\newindex{cp}% concepts,
+\newcodeindex{fn}% functions,
+\newcodeindex{vr}% variables,
+\newcodeindex{tp}% types,
+\newcodeindex{ky}% keys
+\newcodeindex{pg}% and programs.
+
% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
%
@@ -4388,14 +4815,7 @@
% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
% #3 the target index (bar).
\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
- % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
- % closing the target index.
- \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \relax
- % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
- % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
- \fi
+ \requireopenindexfile{#3}%
% redefine \fooindfile:
\expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
\expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
@@ -4403,108 +4823,56 @@
\expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
}
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros.
% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
+% and it is the two-letter name of the index.
-% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
-% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx}
+\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
-\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
-\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx}
+\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
-% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
-% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
+
+% Used for the aux, toc and index files to prevent expansion of Texinfo
+% commands.
%
-\def\indexdummies{%
- \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
- \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
- \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
- %
- % Need these unexpandable (because we define \tt as a dummy)
- % definitions when @{ or @} appear in index entry text. Also, more
- % complicated, when \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
- % We can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
- % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. Perhaps we
- % should define @lbrace and @rbrace commands a la @comma.
- \def\{{{\tt\char123}}%
- \def\}{{\tt\char125}}%
- %
- % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
- % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
- % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is,
- % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
- % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput
- % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
- % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it
- % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
- % is still getting written without apparent harm.
- %
- % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
- % help-texinfo, 22may06):
- % @macro funindex {WORD}
- % @findex xyz
- % @end macro
- % ...
- % @funindex commtest
- %
- % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
- %
- % Sample whatsit resulting:
- % . at write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz at endinput }}}
- %
- % So:
- \let\endinput = \empty
- %
- % Do the redefinitions.
- \commondummies
-}
-
-% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to
-% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
-% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @,
-% this will be simpler.
-%
\def\atdummies{%
- \def\@{@@}%
- \def\ {@ }%
- \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
- \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+ \definedummyletter\@%
+ \definedummyletter\ %
+ \definedummyletter\{%
+ \definedummyletter\}%
%
% Do the redefinitions.
- \commondummies
+ \definedummies
\otherbackslash
}
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
+% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
+% preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words,
+% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
+% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+% from whatever follows.
%
-\def\commondummies{%
+% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+%
+% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+% space.
+%
+\def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}%
+\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}%
+\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+
+% Called from \atdummies to prevent the expansion of commands.
+%
+\def\definedummies{%
%
- % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
- % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words,
- % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
- % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
- % from whatever follows.
- %
- % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
- % space.
- %
- % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
- % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
- % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
- %
- \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
- \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
- \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
- %
+ \let\commondummyword\definedummyword
+ \let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter
+ \let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent
\commondummiesnofonts
%
\definedummyletter\_%
@@ -4545,7 +4913,9 @@
\definedummyword\TeX
%
% Assorted special characters.
+ \definedummyword\atchar
\definedummyword\arrow
+ \definedummyword\backslashchar
\definedummyword\bullet
\definedummyword\comma
\definedummyword\copyright
@@ -4564,6 +4934,7 @@
\definedummyword\guilsinglright
\definedummyword\lbracechar
\definedummyword\leq
+ \definedummyword\mathopsup
\definedummyword\minus
\definedummyword\ogonek
\definedummyword\pounds
@@ -4577,88 +4948,135 @@
\definedummyword\quotesinglbase
\definedummyword\rbracechar
\definedummyword\result
+ \definedummyword\sub
+ \definedummyword\sup
\definedummyword\textdegree
%
+ \definedummyword\subentry
+ %
% We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
\macrolist
+ \let\value\dummyvalue
%
\normalturnoffactive
- %
- % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
- % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
- \makevalueexpandable
}
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
+% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts.
+% Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before
+% using. Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters.
%
\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
% Control letters and accents.
- \definedummyletter\!%
- \definedummyaccent\"%
- \definedummyaccent\'%
- \definedummyletter\*%
- \definedummyaccent\,%
- \definedummyletter\.%
- \definedummyletter\/%
- \definedummyletter\:%
- \definedummyaccent\=%
- \definedummyletter\?%
- \definedummyaccent\^%
- \definedummyaccent\`%
- \definedummyaccent\~%
- \definedummyword\u
- \definedummyword\v
- \definedummyword\H
- \definedummyword\dotaccent
- \definedummyword\ogonek
- \definedummyword\ringaccent
- \definedummyword\tieaccent
- \definedummyword\ubaraccent
- \definedummyword\udotaccent
- \definedummyword\dotless
+ \commondummyletter\!%
+ \commondummyaccent\"%
+ \commondummyaccent\'%
+ \commondummyletter\*%
+ \commondummyaccent\,%
+ \commondummyletter\.%
+ \commondummyletter\/%
+ \commondummyletter\:%
+ \commondummyaccent\=%
+ \commondummyletter\?%
+ \commondummyaccent\^%
+ \commondummyaccent\`%
+ \commondummyaccent\~%
+ \commondummyword\u
+ \commondummyword\v
+ \commondummyword\H
+ \commondummyword\dotaccent
+ \commondummyword\ogonek
+ \commondummyword\ringaccent
+ \commondummyword\tieaccent
+ \commondummyword\ubaraccent
+ \commondummyword\udotaccent
+ \commondummyword\dotless
%
% Texinfo font commands.
- \definedummyword\b
- \definedummyword\i
- \definedummyword\r
- \definedummyword\sansserif
- \definedummyword\sc
- \definedummyword\slanted
- \definedummyword\t
+ \commondummyword\b
+ \commondummyword\i
+ \commondummyword\r
+ \commondummyword\sansserif
+ \commondummyword\sc
+ \commondummyword\slanted
+ \commondummyword\t
%
% Commands that take arguments.
- \definedummyword\abbr
- \definedummyword\acronym
- \definedummyword\anchor
- \definedummyword\cite
- \definedummyword\code
- \definedummyword\command
- \definedummyword\dfn
- \definedummyword\dmn
- \definedummyword\email
- \definedummyword\emph
- \definedummyword\env
- \definedummyword\file
- \definedummyword\image
- \definedummyword\indicateurl
- \definedummyword\inforef
- \definedummyword\kbd
- \definedummyword\key
- \definedummyword\math
- \definedummyword\option
- \definedummyword\pxref
- \definedummyword\ref
- \definedummyword\samp
- \definedummyword\strong
- \definedummyword\tie
- \definedummyword\uref
- \definedummyword\url
- \definedummyword\var
- \definedummyword\verb
- \definedummyword\w
- \definedummyword\xref
+ \commondummyword\abbr
+ \commondummyword\acronym
+ \commondummyword\anchor
+ \commondummyword\cite
+ \commondummyword\code
+ \commondummyword\command
+ \commondummyword\dfn
+ \commondummyword\dmn
+ \commondummyword\email
+ \commondummyword\emph
+ \commondummyword\env
+ \commondummyword\file
+ \commondummyword\image
+ \commondummyword\indicateurl
+ \commondummyword\inforef
+ \commondummyword\kbd
+ \commondummyword\key
+ \commondummyword\math
+ \commondummyword\option
+ \commondummyword\pxref
+ \commondummyword\ref
+ \commondummyword\samp
+ \commondummyword\strong
+ \commondummyword\tie
+ \commondummyword\U
+ \commondummyword\uref
+ \commondummyword\url
+ \commondummyword\var
+ \commondummyword\verb
+ \commondummyword\w
+ \commondummyword\xref
}
+\let\indexlbrace\relax
+\let\indexrbrace\relax
+\let\indexatchar\relax
+\let\indexbackslash\relax
+
+{\catcode`\@=0
+\catcode`\\=13
+ @gdef at backslashdisappear{@def\{}}
+}
+
+{
+\catcode`\<=13
+\catcode`\-=13
+\catcode`\`=13
+ \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term.
+ % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.)
+ \let`=\empty
+ \fi
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ \backslashdisappear
+ \fi
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ \def-{}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ \def<{}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ \def\@{}%
+ \fi
+ }
+
+ \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{%
+ \let-\normaldash
+ \let<\normalless
+ }
+}
+
+
% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
@@ -4666,12 +5084,11 @@
%
\def\indexnofonts{%
% Accent commands should become @asis.
- \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
+ \def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
% We can just ignore other control letters.
- \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
+ \def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
% All control words become @asis by default; overrides below.
- \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
- %
+ \let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent
\commondummiesnofonts
%
% Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
@@ -4684,15 +5101,11 @@
\def\_{\normalunderscore}%
\def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
%
- % Unfortunately, texindex is not prepared to handle braces in the
- % content at all. So for index sorting, we map @{ and @} to strings
- % starting with |, since that ASCII character is between ASCII { and }.
- \def\{{|a}%
- \def\lbracechar{|a}%
+ \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}%
+ \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}%
+ \let\lbracechar\{%
+ \let\rbracechar\}%
%
- \def\}{|b}%
- \def\rbracechar{|b}%
- %
% Non-English letters.
\def\AA{AA}%
\def\AE{AE}%
@@ -4700,7 +5113,7 @@
\def\L{L}%
\def\OE{OE}%
\def\O{O}%
- \def\TH{ZZZ}%
+ \def\TH{TH}%
\def\aa{aa}%
\def\ae{ae}%
\def\dh{dzz}%
@@ -4712,46 +5125,46 @@
\def\o{o}%
\def\questiondown{?}%
\def\ss{ss}%
- \def\th{zzz}%
+ \def\th{th}%
%
\def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
\def\TeX{TeX}%
%
- % Assorted special characters.
- % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
- \def\arrow{->}%
- \def\bullet{bullet}%
- \def\comma{,}%
- \def\copyright{copyright}%
- \def\dots{...}%
- \def\enddots{...}%
- \def\equiv{==}%
- \def\error{error}%
- \def\euro{euro}%
- \def\expansion{==>}%
- \def\geq{>=}%
- \def\guillemetleft{<<}%
- \def\guillemetright{>>}%
- \def\guilsinglleft{<}%
- \def\guilsinglright{>}%
- \def\leq{<=}%
- \def\minus{-}%
- \def\point{.}%
- \def\pounds{pounds}%
- \def\print{-|}%
- \def\quotedblbase{"}%
- \def\quotedblleft{"}%
- \def\quotedblright{"}%
- \def\quoteleft{`}%
- \def\quoteright{'}%
- \def\quotesinglbase{,}%
- \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
- \def\result{=>}%
- \def\textdegree{o}%
+ % Assorted special characters. \defglyph gives the control sequence a
+ % definition that removes the {} that follows its use.
+ \defglyph\atchar{@}%
+ \defglyph\arrow{->}%
+ \defglyph\bullet{bullet}%
+ \defglyph\comma{,}%
+ \defglyph\copyright{copyright}%
+ \defglyph\dots{...}%
+ \defglyph\enddots{...}%
+ \defglyph\equiv{==}%
+ \defglyph\error{error}%
+ \defglyph\euro{euro}%
+ \defglyph\expansion{==>}%
+ \defglyph\geq{>=}%
+ \defglyph\guillemetleft{<<}%
+ \defglyph\guillemetright{>>}%
+ \defglyph\guilsinglleft{<}%
+ \defglyph\guilsinglright{>}%
+ \defglyph\leq{<=}%
+ \defglyph\lbracechar{\{}%
+ \defglyph\minus{-}%
+ \defglyph\point{.}%
+ \defglyph\pounds{pounds}%
+ \defglyph\print{-|}%
+ \defglyph\quotedblbase{"}%
+ \defglyph\quotedblleft{"}%
+ \defglyph\quotedblright{"}%
+ \defglyph\quoteleft{`}%
+ \defglyph\quoteright{'}%
+ \defglyph\quotesinglbase{,}%
+ \defglyph\rbracechar{\}}%
+ \defglyph\registeredsymbol{R}%
+ \defglyph\result{=>}%
+ \defglyph\textdegree{o}%
%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax
- \else \indexlquoteignore \fi
- %
% We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
% Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
% makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
@@ -4763,75 +5176,200 @@
% goes to end-of-line is not handled.
%
\macrolist
+ \let\value\indexnofontsvalue
}
+\def\defglyph#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}} % see above
-% Undocumented (for FSFS 2nd ed.): @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us
-% ignore left quotes in the sort term.
-{\catcode`\`=\active
- \gdef\indexlquoteignore{\let`=\empty}}
+
-\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
-% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
-\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
-
-% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
-% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
-% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
-%
-\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+\def\doind#1#2{%
\iflinks
{%
- % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
- \toks0 = {#2}%
- % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
- \def\thirdarg{#3}%
- \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
- \fi
%
+ \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
\edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
%
- \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite
+ \def\indextext{#2}%
+ \safewhatsit\doindwrite
}%
\fi
}
-% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
+% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it.
+\def\requireopenindexfile#1{%
+\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \edef\suffix{#1}%
+ % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output
+ % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead.
+ \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi
+ % Open the file
+ \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix
+ % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current
+ % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for
+ % preceding skips.
+ \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}%
+\fi}
+\def\indexisfl{fl}
+
+% Definition for writing index entry sort key.
+{
+\catcode`\-=13
+\gdef\indexwritesortas{%
+ \begingroup
+ \indexnonalnumreappear
+ \indexwritesortasxxx}
+\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{%
+ \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup}
+}
+
+\def\indexwriteseealso#1{
+ \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seealso{#1}}%
+}
+\def\indexwriteseeentry#1{
+ \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seeentry{#1}}%
+}
+
+% The default definitions
+\def\sortas#1{}%
+\def\seealso#1{\i{\putwordSeeAlso}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
+\def\putwordSeeAlso{See also}
+\def\seeentry#1{\i{\putwordSee}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
+
+
+% Given index entry text like "aaa @subentry bbb @sortas{ZZZ}":
+% * Set \bracedtext to "{aaa}{bbb}"
+% * Set \fullindexsortkey to "aaa @subentry ZZZ"
+% * If @seealso occurs, set \pagenumbertext
%
-\def\dosubindwrite{%
- % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
- \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
- \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
+\def\splitindexentry#1{%
+ \gdef\fullindexsortkey{}%
+ \xdef\bracedtext{}%
+ \def\sep{}%
+ \def\seealso##1{}%
+ \def\seeentry##1{}%
+ \expandafter\doindexsegment#1\subentry\finish\subentry
+}
+
+% append the results from the next segment
+\def\doindexsegment#1\subentry{%
+ \def\segment{#1}%
+ \ifx\segment\isfinish
+ \else
+ %
+ % Fully expand the segment, throwing away any @sortas directives, and
+ % trim spaces.
+ \edef\trimmed{\segment}%
+ \edef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
+ %
+ \xdef\bracedtext{\bracedtext{\trimmed}}%
+ %
+ % Get the string to sort by. Process the segment with all
+ % font commands turned off.
+ \bgroup
+ \let\sortas\indexwritesortas
+ \let\seealso\indexwriteseealso
+ \let\seeentry\indexwriteseeentry
+ \indexnofonts
+ % The braces around the commands are recognized by texindex.
+ \def\lbracechar{{\string\indexlbrace}}%
+ \def\rbracechar{{\string\indexrbrace}}%
+ \let\{=\lbracechar
+ \let\}=\rbracechar
+ \def\@{{\string\indexatchar}}%
+ \def\atchar##1{\@}%
+ \def\backslashchar{{\string\indexbackslash}}%
+ \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\let~\backslashchar}%
+ %
+ \let\indexsortkey\empty
+ \global\let\pagenumbertext\empty
+ % Execute the segment and throw away the typeset output. This executes
+ % any @sortas or @seealso commands in this segment.
+ \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\segment}%
+ \ifx\indexsortkey\empty{%
+ \indexnonalnumdisappear
+ \xdef\trimmed{\segment}%
+ \xdef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
+ \xdef\indexsortkey{\trimmed}%
+ \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi
+ }\fi
+ %
+ % Append to \fullindexsortkey.
+ \edef\tmp{\gdef\noexpand\fullindexsortkey{%
+ \fullindexsortkey\sep\indexsortkey}}%
+ \tmp
+ \egroup
+ \def\sep{\subentry}%
+ %
+ \expandafter\doindexsegment
\fi
+}
+\def\isfinish{\finish}%
+\newbox\dummybox % used above
+
+\let\subentry\relax
+
+% Use \ instead of @ in index files. To support old texi2dvi and texindex.
+% This works without changing the escape character used in the toc or aux
+% files because the index entries are fully expanded here, and \string uses
+% the current value of \escapechar.
+\def\escapeisbackslash{\escapechar=`\\}
+
+% Use \ in index files by default. texi2dvi didn't support @ as as the escape
+% character (as it checked for "\entry" in the files, and not "@entry"). When
+% the new version of texi2dvi has had a chance to become more prevalent, then
+% the escape character can change back to @ again. This should be an easy
+% change to make now because both @ and \ are only used as escape characters in
+% index files, never standing for themselves.
+%
+\set txiindexescapeisbackslash
+
+% Write the entry in \indextext to the index file.
+%
+\def\doindwrite{%
+ \maybemarginindex
%
- % Remember, we are within a group.
- \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
- \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
- % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+ \atdummies
%
- % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
- % get the string to sort by.
- {\indexnofonts
- \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
- \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
- }%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax\else
+ \escapeisbackslash
+ \fi
%
+ % For texindex which always views { and } as separators.
+ \def\{{\lbracechar{}}%
+ \def\}{\rbracechar{}}%
+ \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\backslashchar{}}}%
+ %
+ % Split the entry into primary entry and any subentries, and get the index
+ % sort key.
+ \splitindexentry\indextext
+ %
% Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
% the original text, including any font commands. We write
% three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
% subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
% sorted result.
+ %
\edef\temp{%
\write\writeto{%
- \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+ \string\entry{\fullindexsortkey}%
+ {\ifx\pagenumbertext\empty\noexpand\folio\else\pagenumbertext\fi}%
+ \bracedtext}%
}%
\temp
}
+% Put the index entry in the margin if desired (undocumented).
+\def\maybemarginindex{%
+ \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+ \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \relax\indextext}}%
+ \fi
+}
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax
+
+
% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
%
% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
@@ -4918,9 +5456,14 @@
% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
% for a topic that is used without subtopics
% \primary {topic}
+% \entry {topic}{}
% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
% for each subtopic.
+% \secondary {subtopic}{}
+% for a subtopic with sub-subtopics
+% \tertiary {subtopic}{subsubtopic}{pagelist}
+% for each sub-subtopic.
% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
@@ -4932,11 +5475,6 @@
\def\tindex {\tpindex}
\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
-{\obeylines %
-\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
-\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
-
% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
@@ -4950,13 +5488,11 @@
\plainfrenchspacing
\everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
%
+ % See comment in \requireopenindexfile.
+ \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi
+ %
% See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
- % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
- % \initial {@}
- % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
- % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
- \catcode`\@ = 11
- \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+ \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s
\ifeof 1
% \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
% and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
@@ -4963,44 +5499,113 @@
% index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
% there is some text.
\putwordIndexNonexistent
+ \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}%
\else
- %
% If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
% false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
% it can discover if there is anything in it.
- \read 1 to \temp
+ \read 1 to \thisline
\ifeof 1
\putwordIndexIsEmpty
\else
- % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
- % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
- % to make right now.
- \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
- \catcode`\\ = 0
- \escapechar = `\\
- \begindoublecolumns
- \input \jobname.#1s
- \enddoublecolumns
+ \expandafter\printindexzz\thisline\relax\relax\finish%
\fi
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup}
+% If the index file starts with a backslash, forgo reading the index
+% file altogether. If somebody upgrades texinfo.tex they may still have
+% old index files using \ as the escape character. Reading this would
+% at best lead to typesetting garbage, at worst a TeX syntax error.
+\def\printindexzz#1#2\finish{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax
+ \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\if\noexpand~}\noexpand#1
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiskipindexfileswithbackslash\endcsname\relax
+\errmessage{%
+ERROR: A sorted index file in an obsolete format was skipped.
+To fix this problem, please upgrade your version of 'texi2dvi'
+or 'texi2pdf' to that at <https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo>.
+If you are using an old version of 'texindex' (part of the Texinfo
+distribution), you may also need to upgrade to a newer version (at least 6.0).
+You may be able to typeset the index if you run
+'texindex \jobname.\indexname' yourself.
+You could also try setting the 'txiindexescapeisbackslash' flag by
+running a command like
+'texi2dvi -t "@set txiindexescapeisbackslash" \jobname.texi'. If you do
+this, Texinfo will try to use index files in the old format.
+If you continue to have problems, deleting the index files and starting again
+might help (with 'rm \jobname.?? \jobname.??s')%
+}%
+ \else
+ (Skipped sorted index file in obsolete format)
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \begindoublecolumns
+ \input \jobname.\indexname s
+ \enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \message{trying to print index \indexname}%
+ \begindoublecolumns
+ \catcode`\\=0\relax
+ \catcode`\@=12\relax
+ \input \jobname.\indexname s
+ \enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
+}
+
% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-\def\initial#1{{%
- % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
- \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
+{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13
+\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13
+\catcode`\$=3
+\gdef\initialglyphs{%
+ % special control sequences used in the index sort key
+ \let\indexlbrace\{%
+ \let\indexrbrace\}%
+ \let\indexatchar\@%
+ \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}%
%
+ % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the
+ % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere
+ % for these characters.
+ \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\math{\backslash}}}
+ %
+ % In case @\ is used for backslash
+ \uppercase{\let\\=~}
+ % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash
+ \catcode`\/=13
+ \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}%
+ \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--'
+ \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}%
+ \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}%
+ \def\_{%
+ \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }%
+ \def|{$\vert$}%
+ \def<{$\less$}%
+ \def>{$\gtr$}%
+ \def+{$\normalplus$}%
+}}
+
+\def\initial{%
+ \bgroup
+ \initialglyphs
+ \initialx
+}
+
+\def\initialx#1{%
% Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
\removelastskip
%
% We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+ % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the
+ % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing.
\nobreak
- \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
- \penalty 0
- \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
+ \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
+ \penalty -300
+ \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
%
% Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
% baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
@@ -5008,24 +5613,24 @@
% we need before each entry, but it's better.
%
% No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
- \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
- \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+ \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip
+ \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}%
+ % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of
+ % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that
+ % \leftline creates.
% Do our best not to break after the initial.
\nobreak
\vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
-}}
+ \egroup % \initialglyphs
+}
+\newdimen\entryrightmargin
+\entryrightmargin=0pt
+
% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
%
-% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
-% \def\entry#1#2{...
-% But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
-% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
-% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
-% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
-% --kasal, 21nov03
\def\entry{%
\begingroup
%
@@ -5033,38 +5638,14 @@
% affect previous text.
\par
%
- % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
- \parfillskip = 0in
- %
% No extra space above this paragraph.
\parskip = 0in
%
- % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
- \finalhyphendemerits = 0
- %
- % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
- % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
- % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
- % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
- % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
- %
- % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
- % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
- \hangindent = 2em
- %
- % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
- % with blank space.
- \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
- %
- % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
- % columns.
- \vskip 0pt plus1pt
- %
% When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
% from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section
% titles, for instance.
\def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
- \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}%
+ \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command
%
% Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
\afterassignment\doentry
@@ -5072,86 +5653,149 @@
}
\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
\def\doentry{%
+ % Save the text of the entry
+ \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
\bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
\noindent
\aftergroup\finishentry
% And now comes the text of the entry.
+ % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems
+ % with catcodes occurring.
}
-\def\finishentry#1{%
- % #1 is the page number.
- %
- % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
- % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
- % cursed by a Unix daemon.
- \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}%
- \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt
- \ %
- \else
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\finishentry#1{%
+ \egroup % end box A
+ \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry
+ \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
+ \unhbox\boxA
+ % #1 is the page number.
%
- % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
- % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
- % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
- \hfil\penalty50
- \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+ % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use
+ % leaders if they are present.
+ \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}%
+ \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
+ \null\nobreak\hfill\ %
+ \else
+ %
+ \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+ %
+ \ifpdforxetex
+ \pdfgettoks#1.%
+ \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
+ \else
+ \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \egroup % end \boxA
+ \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
+ \noindent\unhbox\boxA\par
+ \nobreak
+ \else\bgroup
+ % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the
+ % page numbers to be aligned to the right.
%
- % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
- % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
- % \hbox ensues.
- \ifpdf
- \pdfgettoks#1.%
- \ \the\toksA
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill
+ \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+ % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own
+ % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right.
+ \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill
+ %
+ \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin
+ % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin.
+ % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to
+ % fit on one line in @letterpaper format.
+ \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em
+ \dimen at i=2.1em
\else
- \ #1%
+ \dimen at i=0em
\fi
+ \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen at i
+ %
+ \dimen at ii = \hsize
+ \advance\dimen at ii by -1\leftskip
+ \advance\dimen at ii by -1\entryrightmargin
+ \advance\dimen at ii by 1\dimen at i
+ \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen at ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line
+ \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen at ii % due to long index text
+ % Try to split the text roughly evenly. \dimen@ will be the length of
+ % the first line.
+ \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@
+ \dimen at ii = \hsize
+ \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen at ii
+ % If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than
+ % two lines), use all the space in the first line.
+ \dimen@ = \dimen at ii
+ \fi
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right
+ \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip
+ \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen at ii
+ % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only,
+ % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX
+ % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing.
+ %
+ % Indent all lines but the first one.
+ \advance\leftskip by 1em
+ \advance\parindent by -1em
+ \fi\fi
+ \indent % start paragraph
+ \unhbox\boxA
+ %
+ % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+ \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+ %
+ % Word spacing - no stretch
+ \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font
+ %
+ \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks.
+ \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation.
+ %
+ \par % format the paragraph
+ \egroup % The \vbox
\fi
- \par
\endgroup
-}
+}}
+\newskip\thinshrinkable
+\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em
+
% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
+% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push
+% the page number to the right.
\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
- \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+ \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll}
+
\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-\def\secondary#1#2{{%
- \parfillskip=0in
- \parskip=0in
- \hangindent=1in
- \hangafter=1
- \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
- \ifpdf
- \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
- \else
- #2
- \fi
- \par
-}}
+\def\secondary{\indententry{0.5cm}}
+\def\tertiary{\indententry{1cm}}
+\def\indententry#1#2#3{%
+ \bgroup
+ \leftskip=#1
+ \entry{#2}{#3}%
+ \egroup
+}
+
% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11
+\catcode`\@=11 % private names
\newbox\partialpage
\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+ % If not much space left on page, start a new page.
+ \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi
+ %
% Grab any single-column material above us.
\output = {%
+ \savetopmark
%
- % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
- % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
- % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
- % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
- % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
- % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
- % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
- \ifvoid\partialpage \else
- \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
- \fi
- %
\global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
% Unvbox the main output page.
\unvbox\PAGE
@@ -5184,27 +5828,31 @@
\divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
\hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
%
- % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
- % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+ % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+ % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+ % previous page.
+ \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
\vsize = 2\vsize
+ %
+ % For the benefit of balancing columns
+ \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt
}
% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last.
+% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns.
%
\def\doublecolumnout{%
+ %
+ \savetopmark
\splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
- % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
- % previous page.
\dimen@ = \vsize
\divide\dimen@ by 2
- \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
%
% box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
- \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
- \onepageout\pagesofar
- \unvbox255
+ \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@
+ \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage
+ \onepageout\pagesofar % empty except for the first time we are called
+ \unvbox\PAGE
\penalty\outputpenalty
}
%
@@ -5215,10 +5863,11 @@
%
\hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
\wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
- \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+ \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
}
-%
-% All done with double columns.
+
+
+% Finished with with double columns.
\def\enddoublecolumns{%
% The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
% _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the
@@ -5241,7 +5890,7 @@
% goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
% section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
% \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
- % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see
+ % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see
% \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
%
% Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
@@ -5249,53 +5898,88 @@
\penalty0
%
\output = {%
- % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
- % current page, no automatic page break.
+ % Split the last of the double-column material.
+ \savetopmark
\balancecolumns
+ }%
+ \eject % call the \output just set
+ \ifdim\pagetotal=0pt
+ % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+ % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+ % definition right away.
+ \global\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
%
- % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
- % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
- % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
- % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
- % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
- % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
- % the output somewhat more palatable.)
- \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
- }%
- \eject
- \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
- %
- % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
- % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
- % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
- % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
- \pagegoal = \vsize
+ \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+ % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic
+ % page break.
+ \box\balancedcolumns
+ %
+ % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+ % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
+ % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize.
+ \global\vsize = \txipageheight %
+ \pagegoal = \txipageheight %
+ \else
+ % We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout
+ % is called in \balancecolumns. Try again.
+ \expandafter\enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
}
+\newbox\balancedcolumns
+\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}%
%
-% Called at the end of the double column material.
+% Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout
+% does the others.
\def\balancecolumns{%
- \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+ \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
\dimen@ = \ht0
- \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
- \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
- \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
- %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen at .}%
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
- {%
- \vbadness = 10000
- \loop
- \global\setbox3 = \copy0
- \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
- \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
- \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
- \repeat
- }%
- %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
- \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
- \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+ \ifdim\dimen@<7\baselineskip
+ % Don't split a short final column in two.
+ \setbox2=\vbox{}%
+ \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
+ \else
+ % double the leading vertical space
+ \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+ \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+ \dimen at ii = \dimen@
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column.
+ {%
+ \vbadness = 10000
+ \loop
+ \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+ \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+ \ifdim\ht1<\ht3
+ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+ \repeat
+ }%
+ % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3.
+ %
+ % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself.
+ % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so
+ % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize).
+ \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize
+ % It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material.
+ % Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page.
+ \setbox\PAGE=\box0
+ \doublecolumnout
+ \else
+ % Compare the heights of the two columns.
+ \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3
+ % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms
+ % flush with each other.
+ \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}%
+ \else
+ % Make column bottoms flush with each other.
+ \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}%
+ \fi
+ \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
%
- \pagesofar
}
\catcode`\@ = \other
@@ -5310,10 +5994,14 @@
\null
\vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit
\begingroup
- \noindent \titlefonts\rmisbold #1\par % the text
+ \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text
\let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with
\writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
\headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page
+ % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter
+ % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents.
+ \let\pchapsepmacro\relax
+ \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
\chapoddpage
\endgroup
}
@@ -5387,11 +6075,9 @@
% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
% we only have subsub.
\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
@@ -5558,9 +6244,6 @@
% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
- % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
- % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
- % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
\unnmhead0{#1}%
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
@@ -5684,7 +6367,11 @@
% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+
+% Start a new page
\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter
% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't
% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
@@ -5699,7 +6386,7 @@
\fi
}
-\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
@@ -5720,33 +6407,37 @@
\CHAPPAGon
-% Chapter opening.
+% \chapmacro - Chapter opening.
%
% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+% Not used for @heading series.
%
% To test against our argument.
\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
+\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
-\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
%
\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else
+ \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment.
+ \fi
% Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
- \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
- \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+ \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
+ \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
\gdef\thissection{}}%
%
\def\temptype{#2}%
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+ \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
\gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+ \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
\gdef\thischapter{}}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
+ \xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
% \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible
@@ -5757,7 +6448,7 @@
}%
\else
\toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
+ \xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
% \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible
@@ -5777,17 +6468,18 @@
%
% Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
% between here and the heading.
- \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
\domark
%
{%
- \chapfonts \rmisbold
+ \chapfonts \rm
+ \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message
%
- % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the
+ % Have to define \currentsection before calling \donoderef, because the
% xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
% after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
- \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+ \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
%
% Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
% number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
@@ -5835,30 +6527,6 @@
}
-% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
-% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
-%
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-%
-\def\unnchfopen #1{%
- \chapoddpage
- \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
- \nobreak\bigskip\nobreak
-}
-\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
-\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
-\par\penalty 5000 %
-}
-\def\centerchfopen #1{%
- \chapoddpage
- \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings \hfill #1\hfill}%
- \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak
-}
-\def\CHAPFopen{%
- \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
- \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-
-
% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
%
@@ -5876,27 +6544,34 @@
% Print any size, any type, section title.
%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
-% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
-% section number.
+% #1 is the text of the title,
+% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec),
+% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc),
+% #4 is the section number.
%
\def\seckeyword{sec}
%
\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
{%
- \checkenv{}% should not be in an environment.
+ \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
+ \def\temptype{#3}%
%
+ % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an
+ % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is
+ % dubious), but not the others.
+ \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else
+ \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment.
+ \fi
+ \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading
+ %
% Switch to the right set of fonts.
- \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rmisbold
+ \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
%
- \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
- \def\temptype{#3}%
- %
% Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
- \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+ \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
\gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
\fi
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
@@ -5904,7 +6579,7 @@
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
\toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
+ \xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
% \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
@@ -5917,7 +6592,7 @@
\else
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
\toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
+ \xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
% \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
@@ -5943,7 +6618,7 @@
%
% Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
% between here and the heading.
- \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
\domark
%
% Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
@@ -5950,10 +6625,10 @@
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
\def\toctype{unn}%
- \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+ \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
% for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
- % and don't redefine \lastsection.
+ % and don't redefine \currentsection.
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
\def\toctype{omit}%
\let\sectionlevel=\empty
@@ -5960,11 +6635,11 @@
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
\def\toctype{app}%
- \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+ \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
\else
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
\def\toctype{num}%
- \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+ \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
\fi\fi\fi
%
% Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro.
@@ -6054,7 +6729,9 @@
% 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
% two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
% `1', and two named `2'.
- \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+ \ifpdforxetex
+ \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
+ \fi
}
@@ -6103,7 +6780,7 @@
\savepageno = \pageno
\begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
\raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
- \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+ \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
%
% Roman numerals for page numbers.
\ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
@@ -6197,7 +6874,15 @@
% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width.
% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed.
\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}}
-\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}}
+\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{%
+ % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading.
+ % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the
+ % part heading, before a following chapter heading.
+ \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
+ \penalty-300
+ \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
+ \dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}%
+}
%
% Parts, in the short toc.
\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{%
@@ -6208,7 +6893,7 @@
% Chapters, in the main contents.
\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-%
+
% Chapters, in the short toc.
% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
@@ -6223,7 +6908,7 @@
\setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
\hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
%
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}}
% Unnumbered chapters.
\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
@@ -6256,6 +6941,8 @@
\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
\penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
\begingroup
+ % Move the page numbers slightly to the right
+ \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em
\chapentryfonts
\tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup
@@ -6312,12 +6999,12 @@
\catcode `\>=\other
\catcode `\`=\other
\catcode `\'=\other
- \escapechar=`\\
%
% ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our
% other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
\mathactive
%
+ % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file.
\let\b=\ptexb
\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
\let\c=\ptexc
@@ -6333,7 +7020,9 @@
\let\+=\tabalign
\let\}=\ptexrbrace
\let\/=\ptexslash
+ \let\sp=\ptexsp
\let\*=\ptexstar
+ %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode
\let\t=\ptext
\expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer
\let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
@@ -6372,6 +7061,24 @@
\endgraf
\ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
\removelastskip
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+ % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text
+ % often leads into it.
+ \penalty100
+ \fi
+ \vskip\envskipamount
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}}
+
+\def\afterenvbreak{{%
+ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+ % \sectionheading, q.v.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+ \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+ \endgraf
+ \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+ \removelastskip
% it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
% or better ...
\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
@@ -6380,8 +7087,6 @@
\fi
}}
-\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-
% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
\let\nonarrowing=\relax
@@ -6388,11 +7093,7 @@
% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
% environment contents.
-\font\circle=lcircle10
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+
%
\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
@@ -6407,7 +7108,18 @@
%
\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+% only require the font if @cartouche is actually used
+\def\cartouchefontdefs{%
+ \font\circle=lcircle10\relax
+ \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+}
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+
+
\envdef\cartouche{%
+ \cartouchefontdefs
\ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
\startsavinginserts
\lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
@@ -6419,8 +7131,6 @@
% side, and for 6pt waste from
% each corner char, and rule thickness
\normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
- % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
%
% If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
% \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
@@ -6427,7 +7137,7 @@
% collide with the section heading.
\ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi
%
- \vbox\bgroup
+ \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup
\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
\carttop
\hbox\bgroup
@@ -6451,6 +7161,7 @@
\egroup
\cartbot
\egroup
+ \addgroupbox
\checkinserts
}
@@ -6589,7 +7300,7 @@
% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
% justification. From plain.tex.
\envdef\raggedright{%
- \rightskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
+ \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
}
\let\Eraggedright\par
@@ -6751,7 +7462,7 @@
\nonfillstart
\tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
% The \leavevmode here is for blank lines. Otherwise, we would
- % never \starttabox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode.
+ % never \starttabbox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode.
\def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf}%
\tabexpand
\setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}%
@@ -6814,9 +7525,12 @@
{%
\makevalueexpandable
\setupverbatim
- \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
- \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
- \input #1
+ {%
+ \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
+ \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
+ \edef\tmp{\noexpand\input #1 }
+ \expandafter
+ }\tmp
\afterenvbreak
}%
}
@@ -6829,7 +7543,7 @@
% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is very desirable.
+% possible is desirable.
%
\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
\def\docopying#1 at end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
@@ -6924,7 +7638,7 @@
\temp
}
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
+% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) }
%
% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
@@ -6961,6 +7675,21 @@
\fi\fi
}
+% \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+%
+% If SUBTOPIC is present, precede it with a space, and call \doind.
+% (At some time during the 20th century, this made a two-level entry in an
+% index such as the operation index. Nobody seemed to notice the change in
+% behaviour though.)
+\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+ \def\thirdarg{#3}%
+ \ifx\thirdarg\empty
+ \doind{#1}{#2}%
+ \else
+ \doind{#1}{#2\space#3}%
+ \fi
+}
+
% Untyped functions:
% @deffn category name args
@@ -6975,7 +7704,6 @@
% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
%
\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
- % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
\dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
\defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
}
@@ -7133,7 +7861,7 @@
\fi % no return type
#3% output function name
}%
- {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
+ {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont
%
\boldbrax
% arguments will be output next, if any.
@@ -7182,6 +7910,7 @@
\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
\gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
}
+\let\ampchar\&
\newcount\parencount
@@ -7262,34 +7991,23 @@
}
\fi
-\def\scanmacro#1{\begingroup
+% Used at the time of macro expansion.
+% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
\newlinechar`\^^M
- \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+ \def\xeatspaces{\eatspaces}%
%
- % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
- % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
- % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had
- % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears
- % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04
- \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
+ % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime.
+ \scantokens{#1 at comment}%
%
- % ... and for \example:
- \spaceisspace
- %
- % The \empty here causes a following catcode 5 newline to be eaten as
- % part of reading whitespace after a control sequence. It does not
- % eat a catcode 13 newline. There's no good way to handle the two
- % cases (untried: maybe e-TeX's \everyeof could help, though plain TeX
- % would then have different behavior). See the Macro Details node in
- % the manual for the workaround we recommend for macros and
- % line-oriented commands.
- %
- \scantokens{#1\empty}%
-\endgroup}
+ % The \comment is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and
+ % can be noticed by \parsearg. Note \c isn't used because this means cedilla
+ % in math mode.
+}
+% Used for copying and captions
\def\scanexp#1{%
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
- \temp
+ \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}%
}
\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
@@ -7297,7 +8015,7 @@
\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
% List of all defined macros in the form
-% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
+% \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2...
% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
% if there is a need.
\def\macrolist{}
@@ -7305,7 +8023,7 @@
% Add the macro to \macrolist
\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}%
\xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
}
@@ -7355,16 +8073,16 @@
\catcode`\+=\other
\catcode`\<=\other
\catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\^=\other
\catcode`\_=\other
\catcode`\|=\other
\catcode`\~=\other
- \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi
+ \passthroughcharstrue
}
\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros.
\scanctxt
+ \catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\\=\other
\catcode`\^^M=\other
}
@@ -7371,6 +8089,8 @@
\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions
\scanctxt
+ \catcode`\ =\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\{=\other
\catcode`\}=\other
\catcode`\^^M=\other
@@ -7377,26 +8097,23 @@
\usembodybackslash
}
-\def\macroargctxt{% used when scanning invocations
+% Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode
+% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside
+% an argument to another Texinfo command.
+\def\macroargctxt{%
\scanctxt
- \catcode`\\=0
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+ \catcode`\\=\active
}
-% why catcode 0 for \ in the above? To recognize \\ \{ \} as "escapes"
-% for the single characters \ { }. Thus, we end up with the "commands"
-% that would be written @\ @{ @} in a Texinfo document.
-%
-% We already have @{ and @}. For @\, we define it here, and only for
-% this purpose, to produce a typewriter backslash (so, the @\ that we
-% define for @math can't be used with @macro calls):
-%
-\def\\{\normalbackslash}%
-%
-% We would like to do this for \, too, since that is what makeinfo does.
-% But it is not possible, because Texinfo already has a command @, for a
-% cedilla accent. Documents must use @comma{} instead.
-%
-% \anythingelse will almost certainly be an error of some kind.
+\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\{=\other
+ \catcode`\}=\other
+}
% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
@@ -7449,7 +8166,7 @@
% Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
\begingroup
\expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
- \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
+ \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo
\xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
\endgroup
\else
@@ -7464,61 +8181,40 @@
\ifx #1\relax
% remove this
\else
- \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
+ \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1%
\fi
}
-% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to
+% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list.
\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
-% For macro processing make @ a letter so that we can make Texinfo private macro names.
-\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
-\catcode `@=11\relax
-
-% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
-% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH
-% in the params list to some hook where the argument si to be expanded. If
-% there are less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
+% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro.
+% Set \paramno to the number of arguments,
+% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a
+% three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params
+% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are
+% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.
%
% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
%
-% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
-% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
-% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
-% it to # just before using the token list produced.
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see
+% \parsemmanyargdef.
%
-% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
-% the macro is used.
-%
-% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
-% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
-% processed again to replace the arguments.
-%
-% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
-% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
-% the catcode regime underwhich the body was input).
-%
-% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
-% arguments, you need that no macro has more than 256 arguments, otherwise an
-% error is produced.
\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
\let\hash\relax
+ % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions
\let\xeatspaces\relax
\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
- % In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
- % list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
- % each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
- % in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
- % are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
- % twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
\ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
\paramno0\relax
\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
@@ -7533,6 +8229,43 @@
\edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
\fi\next}
+% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody
+%
+% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since
+% rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+%
+% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro
+% body to be transformed.
+% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro.
+%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1 at end macro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1 at end rmacro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
+
+% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names.
+\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
+\catcode `@=11\relax
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
+% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
+% processed again to replace the arguments.
+%
+% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
+% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
+% the catcode regime under which the body was input).
+%
+% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
+% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error).
+%
+% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
+% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
+% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
+% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
+% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
+% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
\if#1;\let\next=\relax
\else
@@ -7548,17 +8281,7 @@
\advance\paramno by 1\relax
\fi\next}
-% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
-% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
-%
-\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode
-\long\def\parsemacbody#1 at end macro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\long\def\parsermacbody#1 at end rmacro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\catcode `\@=11\relax
-
\let\endargs@\relax
\let\nil@\relax
\def\nilm@{\nil@}%
@@ -7565,7 +8288,7 @@
\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
-% definition. It gets all the arguments values and assigns them to macros
+% definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros
% macarg.ARGNAME
%
% #1 is the macro name
@@ -7586,8 +8309,6 @@
\getargvals@@
\fi
}
-
-%
\def\getargvals@@{%
\ifx\paramlist\nilm@
% Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
@@ -7631,7 +8352,8 @@
}
% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
-% in macro \@tempa
+% in macro \@tempa.
+%
\def\macvalstoargs@{%
% To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
% within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
@@ -7655,8 +8377,9 @@
\expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
}
+% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
+%
\def\macargexpandinbody@{%
- %% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
\expandafter
\endgroup
\macargdeflist@
@@ -7693,14 +8416,8 @@
\next
}
-% Save the token stack pointer into macro #1
-\def\texisavetoksstackpoint#1{\edef#1{\the\@cclvi}}
-% Restore the token stack pointer from number in macro #1
-\def\texirestoretoksstackpoint#1{\expandafter\mathchardef\expandafter\@cclvi#1\relax}
-% newtoks that can be used non \outer .
-\def\texinonouternewtoks{\alloc@ 5\toks \toksdef \@cclvi}
-
-% Tailing missing arguments are set to empty
+% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty.
+%
\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
\ifx\paramlist\nilm@
\let\next\macargexpandinbody@
@@ -7730,99 +8447,191 @@
\long\def#2{#4}%
}
-% This defines a Texinfo @macro. There are eight cases: recursive and
-% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
-% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody.
+% \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for
+% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}".
+% \paramno is the number of parameters
+% \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3,"
+% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group.
%
\def\defmacro{%
\let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
- \ifrecursive
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \or % 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \else
- \ifnum\paramno<10\relax % at most 9
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \else % 10 or more
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
- }%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
- \fi
- \fi
+ \ifnum\paramno=1
+ \def\xeatspaces##1{##1}%
+ % This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't
+ % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost
+ % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based
+ % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly.
\else
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
+ \let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion
+ \fi
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup
+ \noexpand\spaceisspace
+ \noexpand\endlineisspace
+ \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name.
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}%
+ }%
+ \else % at most 9
+ \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
+ % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument
+ % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a
+ % comma.
+ % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list.
+ % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted.
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \or % 1
+ \bgroup
+ \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the
+ \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space.
+ \noexpand\expandafter
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
+ \noexpand\passargtomacro
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
+ \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
+ \else % 10 or more:
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \else % at most 9
- \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \else % 10 or more:
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
- }%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\norecurse
- \fi
+ \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
+ }%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
\fi
\fi}
-\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax
+\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes
\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
-% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
-% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
-% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
-% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg).
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape
+ at catcode`@_=11 % private names
+ at catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator
+
+% \passargtomacro#1#2 -
+% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2
+% compressed to one.
+%
+% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use
+% \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where
+% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to
+% an auxiliary file for an index entry).
%
+% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to
+% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is
+%
+% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input)
+%
+% where:
+% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call
+% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro
+% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing
+% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next
+
+ at gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{%
+ @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\%
+}
+ at gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global at let@_finishx at relax
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 used to look ahead
+%
+% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument;
+% otherwise, remove the next token.
+ at gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{%
+ @ifx#4\%
+ @expandafter at gobble_and_check_finish
+ @else
+ @expandafter at add_segment
+ @fi#1!{#2}#4#4%
+}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled.
+% #5 looks ahead
+%
+% Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead.
+ at gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{%
+ @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5%
+}
+
+ at gdef@is_fi{@fi}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 is input stream until next backslash
+%
+% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a
+% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash.
+% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish,
+% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until
+% the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent
+% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been
+% added to ARG_RESULT.
+ at gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{%
+ at ifx#3 at _finish
+ @call_the_macro#1!%
+ at else
+ % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment
+ @expandafter at is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi
+ % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead.
+ % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how
+ % long #4 is.
+}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO
+% #2 - ARG_RESULT
+% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the
+% conditional.
+ at gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3 at fi{@is_fi #1{#2}}
+
+}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks
+% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context
+% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then,
+% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular
+% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC.
+%
\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
\def\braceorlinexxx{%
- \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
- \expandafter\parsearg
+ \ifx\nchar\bgroup
+ \macroargctxt
+ \expandafter\passargtomacro
+ \else
+ \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg
\fi \macnamexxx}
@@ -7865,9 +8674,29 @@
% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}\omittopnode}
-\let\nwnode=\node
+% Used so that the @top node doesn't have to be wrapped in an @ifnottex
+% conditional.
+% \doignore goes to more effort to skip nested conditionals but we don't need
+% that here.
+\def\omittopnode{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\wordTop
+ \expandafter\ignorenode\fi
+}
+\def\wordTop{Top}
+
+% Until the next @node or @bye command, divert output to a box that is not
+% output.
+\def\ignorenode{\setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup\def\node{\egroup\node}%
+\ignorenodebye
+}
+
+{\let\bye\relax
+\gdef\ignorenodebye{\let\bye\ignorenodebyedef}
+\gdef\ignorenodebyedef{\egroup(`Top' node ignored)\bye}}
+% The redefinition of \bye here is because it is declared \outer
+
\let\lastnode=\empty
% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
@@ -7890,7 +8719,7 @@
% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
% anchor), which consists of three parts:
-% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection,
+% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \currentsection,
% or the anchor name.
% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
% empty for anchors.
@@ -7904,12 +8733,15 @@
\pdfmkdest{#1}%
\iflinks
{%
+ \requireauxfile
\atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
+ % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX.
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
\edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
}%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\currentsection}%
\immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
\immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
\safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout
@@ -7943,9 +8775,12 @@
% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
%
-\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX}
+\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX}
+\def\ref{\xrefXX}
+
+\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX}
+\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]}
%
\newbox\toprefbox
\newbox\printedrefnamebox
@@ -7992,9 +8827,10 @@
%
% Make link in pdf output.
\ifpdf
+ % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
{\indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
\turnoffactive
- \makevalueexpandable
% This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
% etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
% #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
@@ -8002,35 +8838,74 @@
%
% This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
% spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
- \edef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
- \ifx\pdfxrefdest\empty
- \def\pdfxrefdest{Top}% no empty targets
- \else
- \txiescapepdf\pdfxrefdest % escape PDF special chars
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ %
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
\fi
%
\leavevmode
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
\ifnum\filenamelength>0
- goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}%
\else
- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}%
\fi
}%
\setcolor{\linkcolor}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ % For XeTeX
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
+ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
+ % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ %
+ % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
+ % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ %
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
+ \fi
+ %
+ \leavevmode
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ % With default settings,
+ % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers.
+ % In this case, the replaced destination names of
+ % remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement,
+ % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
+ % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+),
+ % this command line option is no longer necessary
+ % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special.
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
+ << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
+ \else
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
+ << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
+ \fi
\fi
- %
- % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
- % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
- % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
{%
% Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
% include an _ in the xref name, etc.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
\csname XR#1-title\endcsname
}%
+ %
+ % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
+ % instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by
+ % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string.
\iffloat\Xthisreftitle
% If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
% print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
@@ -8089,6 +8964,15 @@
%
% output the `page 3'.
\turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+ % Add a , if xref followed by a space
+ \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,%
+ \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB
+ \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @*
+ \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE
+ \else\ifx\
+ \tokenafterxref ,% @NL
+ \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\fi\fi
\fi
\endlink
@@ -8155,13 +9039,14 @@
\fi\fi\fi
}
-% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-%
+% \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME. SUFFIX
+% is output afterwards if non-empty.
\def\refx#1#2{%
+ \requireauxfile
{%
\indexnofonts
\otherbackslash
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
\csname XR#1\endcsname
}%
@@ -8186,20 +9071,28 @@
#2% Output the suffix in any case.
}
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
-% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
-% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control
+% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence
+% name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float
+% type, we have more work to do.
%
\def\xrdef#1#2{%
- {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current
- % implementation are changed to commands like @'e. Don't let these
- % mess up the control sequence name.
+ {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences.
+ % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands
+ % like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
\xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
}%
%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref
+ \bgroup
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}%
+ \egroup
+ % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on
+ % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with
+ % thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does
+ % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax.
%
% Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
\expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
@@ -8222,6 +9115,23 @@
\fi
}
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file.
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it.
+\def\requireauxfile{%
+ \iflinks
+ \tryauxfile
+ % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+ \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+ \fi
+ \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once.
+}
+
% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
%
\def\tryauxfile{%
@@ -8261,19 +9171,6 @@
\catcode`\^^]=\other
\catcode`\^^^=\other
\catcode`\^^_=\other
- % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
- % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
- % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
- % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
- % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
- % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
- % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
- % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
- %
- % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
- % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
- % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
- %
\catcode`\^=\other
%
% Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
@@ -8291,25 +9188,8 @@
\catcode`\%=\other
\catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
%
- % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
- % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than
- % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
- % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
- % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
- % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for
- % now. --karl, 15jan04.
- \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`\\=\active
%
- % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
- {%
- \count1=128
- \def\loop{%
- \catcode\count1=\other
- \advance\count1 by 1
- \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
- }%
- }%
- %
% @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
\catcode`\{=1
\catcode`\}=2
@@ -8342,8 +9222,6 @@
%
% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
\gdef\footnote{%
- \let\indent=\ptexindent
- \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
\global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
\edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
%
@@ -8367,10 +9245,15 @@
%
\gdef\dofootnote{%
\insert\footins\bgroup
+ %
+ % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot
+ % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.)
+ \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest
+ %
% We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
% footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
% So reset some parameters.
- \hsize=\pagewidth
+ \hsize=\txipagewidth
\interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
\splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
\splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
@@ -8404,6 +9287,17 @@
}
}%end \catcode `\@=11
+\def\errfootnotenest{%
+ \errhelp=\EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex,
+ even though they work in makeinfo; sorry}
+}
+
+\def\errfootnoteheading{%
+ \errhelp=\EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported}
+}
+
% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
% would be lost.
@@ -8410,7 +9304,7 @@
% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
-
+%
% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
% out prematurely.
@@ -8484,7 +9378,7 @@
\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
- it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+ it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.}
%
\def\image#1{%
\ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined
@@ -8508,6 +9402,7 @@
\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
\normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
+ \def\xprocessmacroarg{\eatspaces}% in case we are being used via a macro
% If the image is by itself, center it.
\ifvmode
\imagevmodetrue
@@ -8537,12 +9432,21 @@
%
% Output the image.
\ifpdf
+ % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80
\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\else
- % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
- \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ % For epsf.tex
+ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+ \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \else
+ % For XeTeX
+ \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \fi
\fi
%
\ifimagevmode
@@ -8615,13 +9519,13 @@
\global\advance\floatno by 1
%
{%
- % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the
+ % This magic value for \currentsection is output by \setref as the
% XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
% labels (which have a completely different output format) from
% node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
% lists of floats.
%
- \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
+ \edef\currentsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
\setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
}%
\fi
@@ -8664,7 +9568,7 @@
%
\ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
\ifx\floatident\empty \else
- \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
+ \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
\fi
%
% caption text.
@@ -8688,32 +9592,20 @@
% \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
% caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
{%
+ \requireauxfile
\atdummies
%
- % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
- % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
- % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
- \scanexp{%
- \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
- \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
- \thiscaption
- \else
- \thisshortcaption
- \fi
- }%
- }%
+ \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
+ \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}%
+ \else
+ \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}%
+ \fi
\immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
- \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
+ \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
}%
\fi
\egroup % end of \vtop
%
- % place the captured inserts
- %
- % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
- % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
- % float. --kasal, 26may04
- %
\checkinserts
}
@@ -8756,7 +9648,7 @@
% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
-% \lastsection value which we \setref above.
+% \currentsection value which we \setref above.
%
\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
%
@@ -8827,13 +9719,13 @@
{
\catcode`\_ = \active
\globaldefs=1
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup
- \let_=\normalunderscore % normal _ character for filenames
+\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
\tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
% Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
+ \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test
\openin 1 txi-#1.tex
\ifeof 1
- \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}%
+ \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish
\else
\globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
\input txi-#1.tex
@@ -8840,7 +9732,7 @@
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup % end raw TeX
-\endgroup}
+}
%
% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
% try txi-de.tex.
@@ -8888,6 +9780,70 @@
\global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
}
+% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively.
+% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation.
+% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise.
+%
+\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable
+\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio
+
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ \txinativeunicodecapablefalse
+ \txiusebytewiseiotrue
+ \else
+ \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
+ \txiusebytewiseiofalse
+ \fi
+\else
+ \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
+ \txiusebytewiseiofalse
+\fi
+
+% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex
+% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings.
+%
+\def\setbytewiseio{%
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read
+ \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file
+ % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for
+ % output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files.
+ % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in
+ % place of non-ASCII characters.
+ \fi
+
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \directlua{
+ local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub
+ local function convert_char (char)
+ return utf8_char(byte(char))
+ end
+
+ local function convert_line (line)
+ return gsub(line, ".", convert_char)
+ end
+
+ callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line)
+
+ local function convert_line_out (line)
+ local line_out = ""
+ for c in string.utfvalues(line) do
+ line_out = line_out .. string.char(c)
+ end
+ return line_out
+ end
+
+ callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out)
+ }
+ \fi
+
+ \txiusebytewiseiotrue
+}
+
+
% Helpers for encodings.
% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
%
@@ -8910,7 +9866,9 @@
% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
% according to the specified encoding.
%
-\parseargdef\documentencoding{%
+\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz}
+\def\documentencodingzzz#1{%
+ %
% Encoding being declared for the document.
\def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
%
@@ -8926,23 +9884,41 @@
\asciichardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \setbytewiseio
+ \fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\lattwochardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \setbytewiseio
+ \fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\latonechardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \setbytewiseio
+ \fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\latninechardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
- \utfeightchardefs
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX)
+ \nativeunicodechardefs
+ \else
+ % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX)
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level
+ % (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated
+ % definitions gets triggered. Making non-ascii chars active is
+ % sufficient.
+ \fi
%
\else
- \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}%
+ \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}%
%
\fi % utfeight
\fi % latnine
@@ -8949,12 +9925,25 @@
\fi % latone
\fi % lattwo
\fi % ascii
+ %
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
+ \else
+ \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle %
+ non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
}
+% emacs-page
% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
% the default font encoding (OT1).
%
-\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}}
+\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}}
% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
@@ -8964,111 +9953,119 @@
% macros containing the character definitions.
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
%
+
+\def\gdefchar#1#2{%
+\gdef#1{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars
+ \string#1%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \fi
+}}
+
% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
\def\latonechardefs{%
- \gdef^^a0{\tie}
- \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown}
- \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}}
- \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}}
- \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
- \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}}
- \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}}
- \gdef^^a7{\S}
- \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
- \gdef^^a9{\copyright}
- \gdef^^aa{\ordf}
- \gdef^^ab{\guillemetleft}
- \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$}
- \gdef^^ad{\-}
- \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol}
- \gdef^^af{\={}}
+ \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
+ \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown}
+ \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent
+ \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency
+ \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen
+ \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar
+ \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
+ \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}}
+ \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf}
+ \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}}
+ \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot}
+ \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
+ \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}}
+ \gdefchar^^af{\={}}
%
- \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
- \gdef^^b1{$\pm$}
- \gdef^^b2{$^2$}
- \gdef^^b3{$^3$}
- \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
- \gdef^^b5{$\mu$}
- \gdef^^b6{\P}
+ \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
+ \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$}
+ \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$}
+ \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$}
+ \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$}
+ \gdefchar^^b6{\P}
+ \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot}
+ \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+ \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$}
+ \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm}
+ \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}}
+ \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$}
+ \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$}
+ \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$}
+ \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown}
%
- \gdef^^b7{$^.$}
- \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
- \gdef^^b9{$^1$}
- \gdef^^ba{\ordm}
+ \gdefchar^^c0{\`A}
+ \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
+ \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
+ \gdefchar^^c3{\~A}
+ \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
+ \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A}
+ \gdefchar^^c6{\AE}
+ \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
+ \gdefchar^^c8{\`E}
+ \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
+ \gdefchar^^ca{\^E}
+ \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
+ \gdefchar^^cc{\`I}
+ \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
+ \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
+ \gdefchar^^cf{\"I}
%
- \gdef^^bb{\guillemetright}
- \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$}
- \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$}
- \gdef^^be{$3\over4$}
- \gdef^^bf{\questiondown}
+ \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
+ \gdefchar^^d1{\~N}
+ \gdefchar^^d2{\`O}
+ \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
+ \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
+ \gdefchar^^d5{\~O}
+ \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
+ \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+ \gdefchar^^d8{\O}
+ \gdefchar^^d9{\`U}
+ \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
+ \gdefchar^^db{\^U}
+ \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
+ \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
+ \gdefchar^^de{\TH}
+ \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
%
- \gdef^^c0{\`A}
- \gdef^^c1{\'A}
- \gdef^^c2{\^A}
- \gdef^^c3{\~A}
- \gdef^^c4{\"A}
- \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A}
- \gdef^^c6{\AE}
- \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
- \gdef^^c8{\`E}
- \gdef^^c9{\'E}
- \gdef^^ca{\^E}
- \gdef^^cb{\"E}
- \gdef^^cc{\`I}
- \gdef^^cd{\'I}
- \gdef^^ce{\^I}
- \gdef^^cf{\"I}
+ \gdefchar^^e0{\`a}
+ \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
+ \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
+ \gdefchar^^e3{\~a}
+ \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
+ \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a}
+ \gdefchar^^e6{\ae}
+ \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
+ \gdefchar^^e8{\`e}
+ \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
+ \gdefchar^^ea{\^e}
+ \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
+ \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
+ \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
+ \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
+ \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
%
- \gdef^^d0{\DH}
- \gdef^^d1{\~N}
- \gdef^^d2{\`O}
- \gdef^^d3{\'O}
- \gdef^^d4{\^O}
- \gdef^^d5{\~O}
- \gdef^^d6{\"O}
- \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
- \gdef^^d8{\O}
- \gdef^^d9{\`U}
- \gdef^^da{\'U}
- \gdef^^db{\^U}
- \gdef^^dc{\"U}
- \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
- \gdef^^de{\TH}
- \gdef^^df{\ss}
- %
- \gdef^^e0{\`a}
- \gdef^^e1{\'a}
- \gdef^^e2{\^a}
- \gdef^^e3{\~a}
- \gdef^^e4{\"a}
- \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a}
- \gdef^^e6{\ae}
- \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
- \gdef^^e8{\`e}
- \gdef^^e9{\'e}
- \gdef^^ea{\^e}
- \gdef^^eb{\"e}
- \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
- \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
- \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
- \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
- %
- \gdef^^f0{\dh}
- \gdef^^f1{\~n}
- \gdef^^f2{\`o}
- \gdef^^f3{\'o}
- \gdef^^f4{\^o}
- \gdef^^f5{\~o}
- \gdef^^f6{\"o}
- \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
- \gdef^^f8{\o}
- \gdef^^f9{\`u}
- \gdef^^fa{\'u}
- \gdef^^fb{\^u}
- \gdef^^fc{\"u}
- \gdef^^fd{\'y}
- \gdef^^fe{\th}
- \gdef^^ff{\"y}
+ \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
+ \gdefchar^^f1{\~n}
+ \gdefchar^^f2{\`o}
+ \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
+ \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
+ \gdefchar^^f5{\~o}
+ \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
+ \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+ \gdefchar^^f8{\o}
+ \gdefchar^^f9{\`u}
+ \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
+ \gdefchar^^fb{\^u}
+ \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
+ \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
+ \gdefchar^^fe{\th}
+ \gdefchar^^ff{\"y}
}
% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
@@ -9076,119 +10073,119 @@
% Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
\latonechardefs
%
- \gdef^^a4{\euro}
- \gdef^^a6{\v S}
- \gdef^^a8{\v s}
- \gdef^^b4{\v Z}
- \gdef^^b8{\v z}
- \gdef^^bc{\OE}
- \gdef^^bd{\oe}
- \gdef^^be{\"Y}
+ \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a6{\v S}
+ \gdefchar^^a8{\v s}
+ \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z}
+ \gdefchar^^b8{\v z}
+ \gdefchar^^bc{\OE}
+ \gdefchar^^bd{\oe}
+ \gdefchar^^be{\"Y}
}
% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
\def\lattwochardefs{%
- \gdef^^a0{\tie}
- \gdef^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
- \gdef^^a2{\u{}}
- \gdef^^a3{\L}
- \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
- \gdef^^a5{\v L}
- \gdef^^a6{\'S}
- \gdef^^a7{\S}
- \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
- \gdef^^a9{\v S}
- \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S}
- \gdef^^ab{\v T}
- \gdef^^ac{\'Z}
- \gdef^^ad{\-}
- \gdef^^ae{\v Z}
- \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z}
+ \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
+ \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
+ \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a3{\L}
+ \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
+ \gdefchar^^a5{\v L}
+ \gdefchar^^a6{\'S}
+ \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
+ \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a9{\v S}
+ \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S}
+ \gdefchar^^ab{\v T}
+ \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z}
+ \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
+ \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z}
+ \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z}
%
- \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
- \gdef^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
- \gdef^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
- \gdef^^b3{\l}
- \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
- \gdef^^b5{\v l}
- \gdef^^b6{\'s}
- \gdef^^b7{\v{}}
- \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
- \gdef^^b9{\v s}
- \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s}
- \gdef^^bb{\v t}
- \gdef^^bc{\'z}
- \gdef^^bd{\H{}}
- \gdef^^be{\v z}
- \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z}
+ \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
+ \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
+ \gdefchar^^b3{\l}
+ \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b5{\v l}
+ \gdefchar^^b6{\'s}
+ \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+ \gdefchar^^b9{\v s}
+ \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s}
+ \gdefchar^^bb{\v t}
+ \gdefchar^^bc{\'z}
+ \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}}
+ \gdefchar^^be{\v z}
+ \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z}
%
- \gdef^^c0{\'R}
- \gdef^^c1{\'A}
- \gdef^^c2{\^A}
- \gdef^^c3{\u A}
- \gdef^^c4{\"A}
- \gdef^^c5{\'L}
- \gdef^^c6{\'C}
- \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
- \gdef^^c8{\v C}
- \gdef^^c9{\'E}
- \gdef^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
- \gdef^^cb{\"E}
- \gdef^^cc{\v E}
- \gdef^^cd{\'I}
- \gdef^^ce{\^I}
- \gdef^^cf{\v D}
+ \gdefchar^^c0{\'R}
+ \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
+ \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
+ \gdefchar^^c3{\u A}
+ \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
+ \gdefchar^^c5{\'L}
+ \gdefchar^^c6{\'C}
+ \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
+ \gdefchar^^c8{\v C}
+ \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
+ \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
+ \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
+ \gdefchar^^cc{\v E}
+ \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
+ \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
+ \gdefchar^^cf{\v D}
%
- \gdef^^d0{\DH}
- \gdef^^d1{\'N}
- \gdef^^d2{\v N}
- \gdef^^d3{\'O}
- \gdef^^d4{\^O}
- \gdef^^d5{\H O}
- \gdef^^d6{\"O}
- \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
- \gdef^^d8{\v R}
- \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U}
- \gdef^^da{\'U}
- \gdef^^db{\H U}
- \gdef^^dc{\"U}
- \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
- \gdef^^de{\cedilla T}
- \gdef^^df{\ss}
+ \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
+ \gdefchar^^d1{\'N}
+ \gdefchar^^d2{\v N}
+ \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
+ \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
+ \gdefchar^^d5{\H O}
+ \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
+ \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+ \gdefchar^^d8{\v R}
+ \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U}
+ \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
+ \gdefchar^^db{\H U}
+ \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
+ \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
+ \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T}
+ \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
%
- \gdef^^e0{\'r}
- \gdef^^e1{\'a}
- \gdef^^e2{\^a}
- \gdef^^e3{\u a}
- \gdef^^e4{\"a}
- \gdef^^e5{\'l}
- \gdef^^e6{\'c}
- \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
- \gdef^^e8{\v c}
- \gdef^^e9{\'e}
- \gdef^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
- \gdef^^eb{\"e}
- \gdef^^ec{\v e}
- \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
- \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
- \gdef^^ef{\v d}
+ \gdefchar^^e0{\'r}
+ \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
+ \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
+ \gdefchar^^e3{\u a}
+ \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
+ \gdefchar^^e5{\'l}
+ \gdefchar^^e6{\'c}
+ \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
+ \gdefchar^^e8{\v c}
+ \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
+ \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
+ \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
+ \gdefchar^^ec{\v e}
+ \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
+ \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
+ \gdefchar^^ef{\v d}
%
- \gdef^^f0{\dh}
- \gdef^^f1{\'n}
- \gdef^^f2{\v n}
- \gdef^^f3{\'o}
- \gdef^^f4{\^o}
- \gdef^^f5{\H o}
- \gdef^^f6{\"o}
- \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
- \gdef^^f8{\v r}
- \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u}
- \gdef^^fa{\'u}
- \gdef^^fb{\H u}
- \gdef^^fc{\"u}
- \gdef^^fd{\'y}
- \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t}
- \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
+ \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
+ \gdefchar^^f1{\'n}
+ \gdefchar^^f2{\v n}
+ \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
+ \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
+ \gdefchar^^f5{\H o}
+ \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
+ \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+ \gdefchar^^f8{\v r}
+ \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u}
+ \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
+ \gdefchar^^fb{\H u}
+ \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
+ \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
+ \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t}
+ \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
}
% UTF-8 character definitions.
@@ -9218,13 +10215,18 @@
\fi
}
+% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences
\begingroup
\catcode`\~13
+ \catcode`\$12
\catcode`\"12
+ % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp
+ % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value.
\def\UTFviiiLoop{%
\global\catcode\countUTFx\active
\uccode`\~\countUTFx
+ \uccode`\$\countUTFx
\uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
\advance\countUTFx by 1
\ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
@@ -9231,25 +10233,76 @@
\expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
\fi}
+ % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to
+ % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files.
+ \countUTFx = "80
+ \countUTFy = "C2
+ \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}%
+ \UTFviiiLoop
+
\countUTFx = "C2
\countUTFy = "E0
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}}
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $%
+ \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\countUTFx = "E0
\countUTFy = "F0
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}}
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $%
+ \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\countUTFx = "F0
\countUTFy = "F4
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}}
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $%
+ \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi
+ }}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\endgroup
+\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below
+
+% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it.
+\def\U#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is
+ % active. However, if the font does not have the glyph,
+ % letters are missing.
+ \begingroup
+ \uccode`\.="#1\relax
+ \uppercase{.}
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \csname uni:#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control
+% sequence to be defined.
+\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{%
+ \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}%
+\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{%
+ \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}%
+\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{%
+ \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}%
+
+% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX),
+% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character;
+% this gets used by the @U command
+%
\begingroup
\catcode`\"=12
\catcode`\<=12
@@ -9258,23 +10311,33 @@
\catcode`\;=12
\catcode`\!=12
\catcode`\~=13
-
- \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{%
+ \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{%
\countUTFz = "#1\relax
- %\wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}%
\begingroup
\parseXMLCharref
- \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{%
- \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}%
- \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{%
- \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}%
- \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{%
- \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
+
+ % Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's
+ % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g.
+ %
+ % 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2
+ % 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname
+ % 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token)
+ %
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else
+ \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % define an additional control sequence for this code point.
+ \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp
\endgroup}
-
+ %
+ % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp
+ % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence.
\gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
\ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
\errhelp = \EMsimple
@@ -9281,29 +10344,45 @@
\errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
\parseUTFviiiA,%
- \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,%
+ \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,%
\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
\parseUTFviiiA;%
\parseUTFviiiA,%
- \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}%
+ \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}%
\else
\parseUTFviiiA;%
\parseUTFviiiA,%
\parseUTFviiiA!%
- \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}%
+ \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}%
\fi\fi\fi
}
+ % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx.
+ % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence.
+ % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one
+ % of the bytes.
\gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
\countUTFx = \countUTFz
\divide\countUTFz by 64
- \countUTFy = \countUTFz
+ \countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz.
\multiply\countUTFz by 64
+
+ % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract
+ % in order to get the last five bits.
\advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
+
+ % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence.
\advance\countUTFx by 128
\uccode `#1\countUTFx
\countUTFz = \countUTFy}
+ % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp
+ % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8
+ % sequence.
+ % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros.
+ % #3 is always a full stop (.)
+ % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these
+ % bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's.
\gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
\advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
\uccode `#3\countUTFz
@@ -9310,414 +10389,761 @@
\uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
\endgroup
-\def\utfeightchardefs{%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally
+%
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{%
+ \catcode"#1=\other
+}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}
+% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M
+% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block)
+% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block)
+% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A
+% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B
+%
+% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing
+% characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts
+% awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without
+% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years,
+% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else.
+% We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at
+% least make most of the characters not bomb out.
+%
+\def\unicodechardefs{%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}%
+ %
+ % Greek letters upper case
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}%
+ %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}%
+ %
+ % Vowels with accents
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}%
+ %
+ % Standalone accent
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}%
+ %
+ % Greek letters lower case
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}%
+ %
+ % More Greek vowels with accents
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}%
+ %
+ % Variant Greek letters
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}%
+ %
+ % Punctuation
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}%
+ %
+ % Mathematical symbols
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}%
+ %
+ \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}%
+}% end of \unicodechardefs
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}
+% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command)
+% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence.
+\def\utfeightchardefs{%
+ \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii
+ \unicodechardefs
+}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}
+% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to
+% non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to
+% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for
+% printing the correct glyphs.
+\newif\ifpassthroughchars
+\passthroughcharsfalse
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character
+%
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{%
+ \catcode"#1=\active
+ \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{%
+ \begingroup
+ \uccode`\~="##2\relax
+ \uppercase{\gdef~}{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars
+ ##1%
+ \else
+ ##3%
+ \fi
+ }
+ \endgroup
+ }
+ \begingroup
+ \uccode`\.="#1\relax
+ \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}%
+ \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}%
+ \endgroup
+}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}
+% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition.
+% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters.
+\def\nativeunicodechardefs{%
+ \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative
+ \unicodechardefs
+}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% make the character token expand
+% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing.
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{%
+ \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2}
+ \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp
+}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}
+% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX).
+\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{%
+ \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU
+ \unicodechardefs
+}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv}
-}% end of \utfeightchardefs
-
-
% US-ASCII character definitions.
\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
\relax
}
-% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with
-% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a
-% document encoding.
-%
-\setnonasciicharscatcode \other
+% Define all Unicode characters we know about. This makes UTF-8 the default
+% input encoding and allows @U to work.
+\iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \nativeunicodechardefsatu
+\else
+ \utfeightchardefs
+\fi
-
\message{formatting,}
\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
@@ -9766,12 +11192,12 @@
\advance\vsize by \topskip
\outervsize = \vsize
\advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
- \pageheight = \vsize
+ \txipageheight = \vsize
%
\hsize = #2\relax
\outerhsize = \hsize
\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
- \pagewidth = \hsize
+ \txipagewidth = \hsize
%
\normaloffset = #4\relax
\bindingoffset = #5\relax
@@ -9783,6 +11209,14 @@
% whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
\pdfhorigin = 1 true in
\pdfvorigin = 1 true in
+ \else
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \special{papersize=#8,#7}%
+ \else
+ \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+ \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+ % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin.
+ \fi
\fi
%
\setleading{\textleading}
@@ -9815,7 +11249,6 @@
%
\lispnarrowing = 0.3in
\tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = .5cm
}}
@@ -9833,7 +11266,6 @@
%
\lispnarrowing = 0.25in
\tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = .4cm
}}
@@ -9859,7 +11291,6 @@
{297mm}{210mm}%
%
\tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = 5mm
}}
@@ -9878,7 +11309,6 @@
%
\lispnarrowing = 0.2in
\tolerance = 800
- \hfuzz = 1.2pt
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = 2mm
\tableindent = 12mm
@@ -9920,9 +11350,11 @@
%
\dimen0 = #1\relax
\advance\dimen0 by \voffset
+ \advance\dimen0 by 1in % reference point for DVI is 1 inch from top of page
%
\dimen2 = \hsize
\advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
+ \advance\dimen2 by 1in % reference point is 1 inch from left edge of page
%
\internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
{\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
@@ -9934,7 +11366,10 @@
%
\letterpaper
+% Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes.
+\hfuzz = 1pt
+
\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment
@@ -9970,26 +11405,25 @@
% this is not a problem.
\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-% Turn off all special characters except @
-% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Set catcodes for Texinfo file
+
+% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph.
% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-
+%
\catcode`\"=\active
\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
\let"=\activedoublequote
\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde
-\chardef\hat=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hat}} \let^ = \activehat
+\chardef\hatchar=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat
\catcode`\_=\active
\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
\let\realunder=_
-% Subroutine for the previous macro.
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt\char124}}
+\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}}
\chardef \less=`\<
\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless
@@ -9997,7 +11431,9 @@
\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr
\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}}
\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash
+
% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page
% breaks in the middle of an @tex block.
\def\texinfochars{%
@@ -10011,12 +11447,6 @@
% in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too.
}
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
-% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
-\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
-
% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
% parsing them.
\def\turnoffactive{%
@@ -10029,41 +11459,36 @@
% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
% as in \char`\\.
\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
-\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
-% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef at realbackslash{\} @gdef at doublebackslash{\\}}
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef at realbackslash{\}}
-% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
+% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
% in fixed width font.
\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on.
-% The story here is that in math mode, the \char of \backslashcurfont
-% ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol font (because \char
-% in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex sets
-% \mathcode`\\="026E). It seems better for @backslashchar{} to always
-% print a typewriter backslash, hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
+% Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use
+% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char
+% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol
+% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex
+% sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the
% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
- at def@normalbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
- at let@backslashchar = @normalbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
-% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
-% @let \ = @normalbackslash
-% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
+ at def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
+ at let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
+
% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other. We switch back and forth between these.
- at gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
+% catcode other.
@gdef at otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'. Also revert - to its normal character, in
-% case the active - from code has slipped in.
+% the literal character `\'.
%
{@catcode`- = @active
@gdef at normalturnoffactive{%
+ @passthroughcharstrue
@let-=@normaldash
@let"=@normaldoublequote
@let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
@@ -10070,11 +11495,11 @@
@let+=@normalplus
@let<=@normalless
@let>=@normalgreater
- @let\=@normalbackslash
@let^=@normalcaret
@let_=@normalunderscore
@let|=@normalverticalbar
@let~=@normaltilde
+ @let\=@ttbackslash
@markupsetuplqdefault
@markupsetuprqdefault
@unsepspaces
@@ -10081,29 +11506,71 @@
}
}
-% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
-% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
- at otherifyactive
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on.
+ at catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other
+% \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo'
+%
% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
% a backslash.
-%
- at gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
- at global@let\ = @eatinput
+% If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after
+% the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error.
+% This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex.
+% We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden.
+{
+ at catcode`@^=7
+ at catcode`@^^M=13 at gdef@enablebackslashhack{%
+ @global at let\ = @eatinput%
+ @catcode`@^^M=13%
+ @def at c{@fixbackslash at c}%
+ % Definition for the newline at the end of this file.
+ @def ^^M{@let^^M at secondlinenl}%
+ % Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file.
+ @gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}%
+ % In case the first line has a whole-line command on it
+ @let at originalparsearg@parsearg
+ @def at parsearg{@fixbackslash at originalparsearg}
+}}
-% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
-% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
-% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-%
+{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13%
+ at gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}}
+
+% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token
+% appears by mistake.
+{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13%
+ at gdef@enableemergencynewline{%
+ @gdef^^M{%
+ @par%
+ %<warning: active newline>@par%
+}}}
+
+
@gdef at fixbackslash{%
- @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+ @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi
+ @catcode13=5 % regular end of line
+ @enableemergencynewline
+ @let at c=@comment
+ @let at parsearg@originalparsearg
+ % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
+ % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
@catcode`+=@active
@catcode`@_=@active
+ %
+ % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+ % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets
+ % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf
+ % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format
+ % file for Texinfo.
+ %
+ @openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+ @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi
+ @closein 1
}
+
% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
@escapechar = `@@
@@ -10131,8 +11598,8 @@
@markupsetuprqdefault
@c Local variables:
- at c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
- at c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+ at c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+ at c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page"
@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
@c time-stamp-end: "}"
@@ -10140,6 +11607,4 @@
@c vim:sw=2:
- at ignore
- arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
- at end ignore
+ at enablebackslashhack
Modified: trunk/doc/userdef.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/doc/userdef.texi 2019-05-28 17:26:51 UTC (rev 45)
+++ trunk/doc/userdef.texi 2019-05-29 22:35:03 UTC (rev 46)
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
result of your @code{\cite} commands. By default, the citation labels
are printed one after another, separated by commas and enclosed in
brackets, using the main text font. Some formats require other styles,
-such as superscripted labels. You can accomodate such formats by
+such as superscripted labels. You can accommodate such formats by
redefining the following macros.
@table @code
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@
@itemx \printcitefinish
@findex printcitestart
@findex printcitefinish
-Eplain expands these macros at the begining and end of the list of
+Eplain expands these macros at the beginning and end of the list of
citations for each @code{\cite} command. By default, they produce a
@samp{[} and @samp{]}, respectively.
@@ -1227,14 +1227,14 @@
@cindex empty equation labels, referring to
@cindex labels, empty equation, referring to
-To refer to the last equation with the empty label, you just use the
-empty label in one of the equation reference macros (see below). This
-can be handy when you want to refer to an equation shortly after its
+To refer to the last equation with the empty label, you use the empty
+label in one of the equation reference macros (see below). This can
+be handy when you want to refer to an equation shortly after its
definition, say, in the sentence following the displayed equation, and
do not intend to refer to the equation later. But use this trick with
-extreme caution: if later you change the text and insert another
-empty definition between the original definition and the reference,
-the reference will start to refer to the new empty-labeled equation.
+extreme caution: if later you change the text and insert another empty
+definition between the original definition and the reference, the
+reference will start to refer to the new empty-labeled equation.
@item \eqdefn@{@var{label}@}
@findex eqdefn
@@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@
@pindex makeindex
Eplain's indexing commands were designed to work with the program
-MakeIndex (@url{http://ctan.org/pkg/makeindex}); MakeIndex is also
+MakeIndex (@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/makeindex}); MakeIndex is also
commonly included in prepackaged @TeX{} distributions. It is beyond
the scope of this manual to explain how to run MakeIndex, and all of
its many options.
@@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@
elements of, 75, 97, 114, @i{see also} dichotomies
@end display
-(Aside for the academically curious: The archetypally critical book I
+(Aside for the academically curious: The archetypal critical book I
took these dichotomous examples from is Laurence Berman's @cite{The
Musical Image}, which I happened to co-design and typeset.)
@@ -2280,12 +2280,13 @@
\def\endtitle@{\endgroup@}
@end example
- at findex \raggedleft
- at findex \raggedright
- at findex \leftskip
- at findex \raggedleftskip
- at findex \spaceskip at r{, reset by @code{\ragged...}}
- at findex \xspaceskip at r{, reset by @code{\ragged...}}
+ at findex raggedleft
+ at findex raggedright
+ at findex leftskip
+ at findex raggedleftskip
+ at findex spaceskip at r{, reset by @code{\ragged...}}
+ at findex xspaceskip at r{, reset by @code{\ragged...}}
+ at findex parfillskip at r{, reset by @code{\ragged...}}
In addition, Eplain defines @code{\raggedleft}, analogous to plain
@TeX{}'s @code{\raggedright}. This macro is also typically used
inside a group, but unlike the environments above, @TeX{} does normal
@@ -2654,7 +2655,7 @@
@findex path
If you use the @code{\path} macro to typeset the names, @TeX{} will find
these good breakpoints. The argument to @code{\path} is delimited by
-any character other other than @samp{\} which does not appear in the
+any character other than @samp{\} which does not appear in the
name itself.
@samp{|} is often a good choice, as in:
@@ -2683,7 +2684,7 @@
@cindex @acronym{URL} for @file{path.sty}
The @code{\path} macro comes from @file{path.sty}, written by Nelson
Beebe and Philip Taylor, and available at
- at url{http://ctan.org/pkg/path}.
+ at url{https://ctan.org/pkg/path}.
@node Logos
@@ -2727,7 +2728,7 @@
@cindex SLi at TeX{}
@findex SLiTeX
@code{\XeLaTeX},
- at cindex XeLa at TeX{}
+ at cindex Xe at LaTeX{}
@findex XeLaTeX
and @code{\XeTeX}
@cindex Xe at TeX{}
@@ -2738,7 +2739,8 @@
@pindex texnames.sty
Most of these macros come from @file{texnames.sty}, compiled by Nelson
Beebe and available at
- at url{http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/biblio/texnames.sty}.
+ at url{http://mirror.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/biblio/texnames.sty}
+(part of the @code{biblio} package, @url{https://ctan.org/pkg/biblio}).
@node Boxes
@@ -2803,9 +2805,9 @@
@cindex @acronym{PDF} output
@pindex pdftex
@pindex .pdf @r{files}
-pdf at TeX{} is a @TeX{} variant that can output both @file{.dvi} and
+pdf at TeX{} is an extended @TeX{} that can output both @file{.dvi} and
@file{.pdf} (Adobe's Portable Document Format) files (see
- at url{http://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex}). You might sometimes want to know
+ at url{https://ctan.org/pkg/pdftex}). You might sometimes want to know
whether the target format is @file{.pdf} or @file{.dvi}. The
@code{\ifpdf}
@findex ifpdf
@@ -2831,7 +2833,7 @@
@cindex Oberdiek, Heiko
Eplain defines @code{\ifpdf} by incorporating Heiko Oberdiek's
@file{ifpdf.sty}, which is available at
- at url{http://ctan.org/pkg/ifpdf}.
+ at url{https://ctan.org/pkg/ifpdf}.
@node Loading LaTeX packages
@@ -2857,7 +2859,7 @@
@cindex Carlisle, David
@cindex Rahtz, Sebastian
To set up a pseudo- at LaTeX{} environment for the packages, Eplain uses
- at file{miniltx.tex} (@url{http://ctan.org/pkg/miniltx}) from the
+ at file{miniltx.tex} (@url{https://ctan.org/pkg/miniltx}) from the
@LaTeX{} graphics collection, written by David Carlisle and Sebastian
Rahtz. Eplain extends @file{miniltx.tex} to provide (primarily)
support for package options.
@@ -2958,7 +2960,7 @@
Sometimes you may encounter packages which make conflicting
redefinitions of @code{\input}. Common symptoms are @TeX{} spewing
incomprehensible error messages or hanging in a loop at a call to
- at code{\input}. This sometimes cna be cured by restoring @code{\input}
+ at code{\input}. This sometimes can be cured by restoring @code{\input}
to @code{\eplaininput} before loading each package. For example:
@example
@@ -2983,7 +2985,7 @@
@table @asis
@item autopict (@samp{2001/06/04 v1.1j Picture mode autoload file})
@pindex autopict.sty
- at url{http://tug.org/@/eplain/@/misc/@/ltpictur.pdf}
+ at url{https://tug.org/@/eplain/@/misc/@/ltpictur.pdf}
@cindex picture mode
@findex begin@{picture@}
@@ -3000,7 +3002,7 @@
@pindex graphics.sty
@itemx graphicx (@samp{1999/02/16 v1.0f Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)})
@pindex graphicx.sty
- at url{http://ctan.org/pkg/graphics}
+ at url{https://ctan.org/pkg/graphics}
@cindex graphics collection, @LaTeX{}
@cindex @LaTeX{} graphics collection
@@ -3041,7 +3043,7 @@
@item
install the new @file{supp-mis.tex} and @file{supp-pdf.tex} files in
the relevant subdirectory of your local @file{texmf} tree (for info on
- at TeX{} directory structure see
+ at TeX{} directory structure see @url{https://tug.org/tds/} and
@url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/@/cgi-bin/@/texfaq2html?label=tds});
@item
@@ -3105,12 +3107,12 @@
Klaus H@"oppner has written a nice introduction to the @LaTeX{} graphics
packages and different graphics formats. You can download it from
@display
- at url{http://www.tug.org/@/pracjourn/@/2005-3/@/hoeppner}
+ at url{https://tug.org/@/pracjourn/@/2005-3/@/hoeppner}
@end display
@item epstopdf (@samp{2009/07/16 v2.2 Conversion with epstopdf on the fly (HO)})
@pindex epstopdf.sty
- at url{http://ctan.org/pkg/epstopdf-pkg}
+ at url{https://ctan.org/pkg/epstopdf-pkg}
@cindex Encapsulated PostScript
@cindex @acronym{EPS}
@@ -3127,7 +3129,7 @@
@item psfrag (@samp{1998/04/11 v3.04 PSfrag (MCG)})
@pindex psfrag.sty
- at url{http://ctan.org/pkg/psfrag}
+ at url{https://ctan.org/pkg/psfrag}
@cindex Encapsulated PostScript
@cindex @acronym{EPS}
@@ -3142,7 +3144,7 @@
@item soul (@samp{2003/11/17 v2.4 letterspacing/underlining (mf)})
@pindex soul.sty
- at url{http://ctan.org/pkg/soul}
+ at url{https://ctan.org/pkg/soul}
@cindex letterspacing
@cindex spacing out
@@ -3159,7 +3161,7 @@
@item url (@samp{2005/06/27 ver 3.2 Verb mode for urls, etc.})
@pindex url.sty
- at url{http://ctan.org/pkg/url}
+ at url{https://ctan.org/pkg/url}
@cindex pathnames, breaking
@cindex filenames, breaking
@@ -3188,7 +3190,7 @@
@table @asis
@item hyperref
@pindex hyperref.sty
- at url{http://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}
+ at url{https://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}
This package depends heavily on @LaTeX{}, so that it is essentially
unusable outside of @LaTeX{}. Eplain provides its own macros for
@@ -3196,13 +3198,13 @@
@item microtype (@samp{2013/05/23 v2.51 Micro-typographical refinements (RS)})
@pindex microtype.sty
- at url{http://ctan.org/pkg/microtype}
+ at url{https://ctan.org/pkg/microtype}
@item pict2e (@samp{2005/07/15 v0.2r Improved picture commands (HjG,RN)})
@pindex pict2e.sty
- at url{http://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e}
+ at url{https://ctan.org/pkg/pict2e}
@item xcolor (@samp{2005/06/06 v2.03 LaTeX color extensions (UK)})
@pindex xcolor.sty
- at url{http://ctan.org/pkg/xcolor}
+ at url{https://ctan.org/pkg/xcolor}
@end table
More information about the tex-eplain-commits
mailing list